PREMIER BANCORP INC /PA/
SB-2/A, 1998-12-16
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: MANUFACTURERS LIFE INSURANCE CO OF NEW YORK SEP ACCOUNT B, 497, 1998-12-16
Next: HIGH COUNTRY BANCORP INC, S-8, 1998-12-16



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 1998.
                                                                              
                                                  Registration No. 333-64885


                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                          PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                 ----------------------------------------------   
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

                                  Pennsylvania
                       --------------------------------       
            (State or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

                                      6022
                         ------------------------------
            (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

                                   23-2921058
                              ------------------
                      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


                              379 North Main Street
                         Doylestown, Pennsylvania 18901
                                (215) 345-5100
                    ----------------------------------------
                   (Address and telephone number of principal
               executive offices and principal place of business)

                      John C. Soffronoff, President and CEO
                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                              379 North Main Street
                         Doylestown, Pennsylvania 18901
                                 (215) 345-5100
                    ---------------------------------------
                       (Name, address and telephone number
                              of agent for service)

                                 With Copies To:
                          Nicholas Bybel, Jr., Esquire
                             SHUMAKER WILLIAMS, P.C.
                                   P.O. Box 88
                         Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17108

     Approximate  date of proposed  sale to the public:  December 14, 1998 or as
soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective  registration  statement for the same offering.  [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same  offering.  [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering.  [ ]

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<CAPTION>

 Title of Each Class                               Proposed Maximum         Proposed Maximum          Amount of
    of Securities          Number of Units/         Offering Price              Aggregate           Registration
  to be Registered      Shares to be Registered      Per Share(1)           Offering Price(1)          Fee(2)

<S>                           <C>                    <C>                    <C>                     <C>  
    Common Stock
   $0.33 par value              500,000               $11.00                  $5,500,000              $1,622.50

<FN>

(1) Based upon the maximum offering price in accordance with Rule 457(o).

(2) Registration  fee paid by Registrant  prior to filing original  Registration
Statement on September 30, 1998.
</FN>
</TABLE>

The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said section 8(a),
may determine.

                       INDEX TO EXHIBITS FOUND ON PAGE 139
                    PAGE 2 OF 170 SEQUENTIALLY NUMBERED PAGES

<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS
                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                            DOYLESTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA
                         500,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                           ($0.33 per share par value)
                           SUBSCRIPTION PRICE: $11.00
                    OFFERING MINIMUM SUBSCRIPTION: 100 Shares
                  OFFERING MAXIMUM SUBSCRIPTION: 10,000 Shares

     Premier  Bancorp,   Inc.  (the  "Company"),   is  a  Pennsylvania  business
corporation  and a bank holding company  registered  under the provisions of the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.  The Company is the parent company
of Premier  Bank (the  "Bank").  The  Company is hereby  offering  shares of its
common stock,  par value $0.33 per share (herein  referred to as the "Shares" or
the "Common  Stock") for $11.00 per share (the "Offering  Price") in an offering
to the general public. The Shares are being offered by the Company's  directors,
officers and employees on a  "best-efforts"  basis,  with no required  aggregate
minimum,  on the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The Company is offering
to the general public in a direct community  offering up to a maximum of 500,000
Shares in the aggregate at the Offering Price (the "Offering").  The minimum and
maximum  subscriptions  for each  subscriber  in the Offering are 100 Shares and
10,000  Shares,   respectively.   No  fractional  Shares  will  be  issued.  All
subscriptions  will be irrevocable by the subscriber.  The Company  reserves the
right,  to  accept  subscriptions  on a partial  basis as well as to reject  any
subscription in whole or in part and for any reason, in the event  subscriptions
to purchase  more than the maximum  number of Shares are  received.  The Company
reserves the right, in its sole discretion,  to waive any of the limitations set
forth herein.  See PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.

     The Offering will  commence on December 14, 1998 or as soon as  practicable
after this  Registration  Statement becomes effective and will terminate at 5:00
p.m. on February  15,  1999,  or such later date as shall be  determined  by the
Company,  but in no event later than 5:00 p.m. on March 31, 1999, (the "Offering
Termination  Date").  The Company reserves the right to withdraw the Offering at
any time and to  terminate  this  Offering  at any time.  There is no  aggregate
minimum number of Shares that must be sold in order to complete this Offering.

     In the event of a withdrawal or  termination of the Offering or a rejection
of a  subscription,  any funds  advanced  but not  accepted  will be returned as
promptly as possible of the withdrawal, termination or rejection. Funds returned
will not  include  interest  earned on funds  advanced  or be  reduced  to cover
expenses or charges.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION,  THE PENNSYLVANIA SECURITIES COMMISSION, OR ANY OTHER STATE
SECURITIES AUTHORITY. NONE OF THE AFOREMENTIONED HAS PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Price(1)   Underwriting Discounts   Proceeds to Company(3)(4)
                                               and Commissions(2)
<S>                               <C>             <C>                    <C> 
Per Unit                             $11             $0                   $5,447,000
Total - Maximum (500,000 Shares)   $5,500,000        $0                   $5,447,000
Total - Minimum (5) (0 Shares)       $0              $0                      $0

<FN>

(1)  See DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE.

(2)  The Company has employed no  underwriters  or selling  agents in connection
     with the sale of the Shares offered hereby to which  compensation  would be
     payable.  The  Company is  offering  the Shares to be sold in the  Offering
     through  the  efforts  of  its  directors,  officers  and  employees  on  a
     best-efforts  basis.  None of these individuals will be entitled to receive
     any discounts or commissions for selling such Shares,  but each of them may
     be reimbursed by the Company for reasonable  expenses,  if any, incurred in
     connection  with the sale of the Shares.  No Company  director,  officer or
     employee will receive any additional  compensation for acting in connection
     with the sale of the  Shares.

(3)  These amounts  assume that a maximum of 500,000  Shares are sold. The Board
     of  Directors  of the  Company  reserves  the  right to  accept  individual
     subscriptions  for less than 100 Shares and  individual  subscriptions  for
     more than 10,000 Shares.

(4)  After  deducting  offering  expenses  incurred by the Company in connection
     with the Offering  estimated at $53,000.  (5) There is no aggregate minimum
     number of Shares that must be sold in order to complete the  Offering. 
</FN>
</TABLE>
                The date of this Prospectus is December 14, 1998.

     THIS OFFERING  INVOLVES A DEGREE OF RISK.  Prior to subscribing  for Shares
offered hereby,  investors should carefully consider the matters set forth under
RISK FACTORS on Pages 1- 5.

<PAGE>

     THIS PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  ESSENTIAL  INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY AND THE
SECURITIES  BEING OFFERED  HEREBY.  PERSONS ARE ADVISED TO READ THIS  PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY PRIOR TO MAKING ANY DECISION TO PURCHASE THESE SECURITIES.

                               -------------------

     NO AGENT,  OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER  PERSON HAS BEEN
AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN
THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,  AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION AND
REPRESENTATIONS  SHOULD  NOT BE RELIED  UPON AS HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
COMPANY.  THIS  PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION  TO BUY ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE  SPECIFICALLY  OFFERED HEREBY, NOR IS IT AN OFFER OR
SOLICITATION  IN ANY  JURISDICTION  TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE
SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE  HEREUNDER  SHALL  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES  CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION  THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE  COMPANY  SINCE
THE DATE  HEREOF.  HOWEVER,  THIS  PROSPECTUS  WILL BE AMENDED IN THE EVENT THAT
THERE ARE MATERIAL CHANGES,  OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS AWARE, DURING THE COURSE OF
THE OFFERING.

                               -------------------


     THE SHARES OF THE  COMPANY'S  COMMON STOCK  OFFERED  HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS
ACCOUNTS, DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION AND ARE
NOT  INSURED  BY  THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE   CORPORATION  OR  ANY  OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY.  AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK
IS NOT GUARANTEED BY A BANK NOR AN OBLIGATION OF A BANK.

                               -------------------


     THE OFFERING OF SHARES  PURSUANT TO THE OFFERING  WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
ON FEBRUARY 15, 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY TO A TIME AND DATE NO LATER
THAN 5:00 P.M.  ON MARCH 31,  1999.  See TERMS OF THE  OFFERING  -  Subscription
Procedure.


<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"SEC") in Washington, D.C., a registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  (the  "Registration  Statement") for the  registration of its
Common Stock to be issued in this  Offering.  This  Prospectus is a part of such
Registration  Statement.  Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, this
Prospectus omits certain  information  contained in the Registration  Statement.
For  additional  information  pertaining  to the  Company  and the  Bank and the
securities to be issued in the Offering,  reference is made to such Registration
Statement,  including  the exhibits  thereto.  The  Registration  Statement  and
exhibits  may be examined  during  normal  business  hours at the offices of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,   450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Room  1024,
Washington,   D.C.  20549,   telephone  number  (202)  272-7450.  The  Company's
Registration Statement and its exhibits, as well as other documents filed by the
Company  with the SEC,  can be accessed  via the  internet by visiting the SEC's
website at http://www.sec.gov.

     The Company is subject to the informational  requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and,  accordingly,  files
reports,  proxy  statements  and other  information  with the SEC. Such reports,
proxy statements and other  information  filed with the Commission are available
for inspection and copying at the public reference facilities  maintained by the
SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at
the SEC Regional  Offices located at Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661 and at World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New
York,  New York 10048.  Copies of such  documents  may also be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The Company is an electronic filer
with the SEC.  The SEC  maintains a website  that  contains  reports,  proxy and
information  statements and other  information  regarding  registrants that file
electronically   with  the  SEC.   The   address  of  the  SEC's   website   is:
http://www.sec.gov.

     Upon  written or oral request of any person who  receives a  Prospectus,  a
copy of any  information  incorporated  by reference  herein (not  including the
exhibits to the  information  that is  incorporated  by  reference,  unless such
exhibits are  specifically  incorporated by reference) may be obtained,  without
charge,  from Bruce E.  Sickel,  Chief  Financial  Officer  of Premier  Bank and
Treasurer  of  Premier  Bancorp,  Inc.,  379  North  Main  Street,   Doylestown,
Pennsylvania 18901, (215)345-5100.

                           FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     From time to time,  the  Company  may  publish  forward-looking  statements
relating  to  such  matters  as  anticipated  financial  performance,   business
prospects,  technological  developments,  new products, research and development
activities and similar matters. The Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of
1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking  statements.  In order to comply
with the terms of the safe harbor,  the Company  notes that a variety of factors
could cause the Company's  actual  results and  experience to differ  materially
from the anticipated  results or other  expectations  expressed in the Company's
forward-looking  statements.  The risks and  uncertainties  that may  affect the
operations,  performance,  development  and  results of the  Company's  business
include the following:  general economic  conditions,  including their impact on
capital expenditures; business


<PAGE>


conditions in the banking industry; the regulatory environment; rapidly changing
technology  and  evolving  banking  industry  standards;   competitive  factors,
including increased competition with community,  regional and national financial
institutions;  new  service  and  product  offerings  by  competitors  and price
pressures;  the  inability  of the Company to  accurately  estimate  the cost of
systems preparation for Year 2000 compliance; and similar items.


                      [This Space Intentionally Left Blank]


<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following  summary of this Prospectus is provided for your  convenience
and is not intended to be complete. This summary is qualified in its entirety by
the detailed information set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus.

The Company

     Premier   Bancorp,   Inc.  (the   "Company")  is  a  bank  holding  company
headquartered in Doylestown, Pennsylvania and is the holding company for Premier
Bank (the "Bank"), a Pennsylvania  chartered banking institution  established in
1990. The Company's  consolidated  financial condition and results of operations
consist  almost  entirely  of the  Bank's  financial  condition  and  results of
operations.  At September 30, 1998, the Company had total  consolidated  assets,
deposits and shareholders' equity of $232,557,374, $174,405,400 and $11,135,265,
respectively. See DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS - Description of the Company.

     The principal  executive offices of the Company and the Bank are located at
379 North Main Street,  Doylestown,  Pennsylvania 18901 and the telephone number
is (215) 345-5100.

The Bank

     The  Bank  is  a  community-oriented   financial  services  provider  where
consumers and small business customers can obtain a wide variety of products and
services,  including:  checking,  savings,  money  market  accounts  as  well as
certificates of deposit, residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines
of credit, personal lines of credit, working capital lines, and other commercial
loans.  The Bank also offers other  services  such as electronic  banking,  cash
management services,  safe deposit boxes, telephone banking and automated teller
services.  The Bank places an emphasis on serving  customer  needs by  providing
personal  attention  and service.  The Bank's  primary  service  areas are Bucks
County, Pennsylvania and the Lehigh Valley region. Specifically, the main office
of the Bank is located in Doylestown,  the county seat of Bucks County. The Bank
conducts  business from its main office and two other retail offices  located in
Southampton,  Bucks County and Easton, Northampton County. In addition, the Bank
has a loan origination  office in Yardley,  Bucks County. A fourth branch office
in Lower  Makefield  Township  in Bucks  County is  expected  to open during the
fourth quarter of 1998. See DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS - Description of the Bank.

     As of September 30, 1998, the Bank had $227,142,473 in assets, $174,980,426
in deposits and  $128,298,723 in net loans.  The Bank is a member of the Federal
Reserve  System and the Bank's  deposits are insured by the Bank  Insurance Fund
("BIF") of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") to the fullest
extent provided by law.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  THE OFFERING

<S>                                                         <C>
Number of Shares of Common Stock
  Authorized and Outstanding...............................   Common Stock, par value $0.33 per share;
                                                              30,000,000 shares authorized; 2,630,340
                                                              shares outstanding as of November 1, 1998.

Number of Shares Offered Hereby............................   500,000 Shares of Common Stock.

Offering Price.............................................   $11.00 per share for the Offering.  See
                                                                                                  ---
                                                              DETERMINATION OF OFFERING
                                                              PRICE and MARKET FOR COMMON
                                                              STOCK AND RELATED
                                                              STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Use of Proceeds............................................   The Company will use the net proceeds for
                                                              general corporate purposes, including
                                                              investments in or advances to the Bank to
                                                              increase the Bank's capital position in order to
                                                              allow the Bank to provide for higher per
                                                              borrower lending limits, permitting the Bank
                                                              to make larger loans and increase the Bank's
                                                              lending activity.  In addition, these proceeds
                                                              may be used to support the continuing
                                                              development of the Bank's franchise through
                                                              possible expansion into related businesses.
                                                              See USE OF PROCEEDS.
                                                              ---                

Offering...................................................   The Company is offering up to 500,000
                                                              Shares, directly to the public.  There is a
                                                              minimum required subscription of 100 Shares
                                                              in the Offering.  There also is a maximum
                                                              subscription of 10,000 Shares in the Offering.
                                                              See TERMS OF THE OFFERING - Subscription Procedure.
                                                              ---
   
Expiration of Offering.....................................   The Offering will expire at 5:00 p.m.
                                                              on February 15, 1999, and may
                                                              be extended to a time and date no later than
                                                              5:00 p.m. on March 31, 1999. See TERMS
                                                              OF THE  OFFERING - Subscription Procedure.

<PAGE>

Rejection of Subscriptions.................................   The Company reserves the right to reject any
                                                              subscription, in whole or in part, for any
                                                              reason including for the reason that the
                                                              Company has already accepted subscriptions
                                                              for 500,000  Shares and for the reason that the
                                                              Company believes that other subscribers will
                                                              be more likely to direct business to the Bank.
                                                              Decisions regarding the acceptance or
                                                              rejection of a subscription shall be made
                                                              within 15 days of receipt by the Company of a
                                                              properly executed Subscription Agreement
                                                              accompanied by payment in full of the
                                                              subscription price.  In the event of a rejection
                                                              of a subscription, any funds advanced but not
                                                              accepted will be returned as promptly as
                                                              possible.  Funds returned will not include
                                                              interest earned on funds advanced or be
                                                              reduced to cover expenses or charges.  See
                                                                                                     ---
                                                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION and TERMS
                                                              OF THE OFFERING.

Dilution and Effect of Offering on
  Book Value of Common Stock...............................   As of September 30, 1998, the Company had
                                                              2,630,340 shares of Common Stock issued
                                                              and outstanding.  As of September 30, 1998
                                                              the Company had total equity capital of
                                                              $11,135,265 and a book value of $4.23 per
                                                              share.  In the event all 500,000 Shares of
                                                              Common Stock offered hereby are sold at the
                                                              Offering Price of $11.00 per Share, the capital
                                                              of the Company will increase, after payment
                                                              of anticipated expenses associated with the
                                                              Offering, by an aggregate of approximately
                                                              $5,447,000.  The book value per share will
                                                              increase by $1.07 per share to $5.30; however,
                                                              there will be an immediate dilution of book
                                                              value to investors of $5.70 per share.  There
                                                              can be no assurance, however, that  all or  any
                                                              Shares will be sold in the Offering.  An
                                                              existing shareholder who does not purchase
                                                              shares in the Offering will experience a
                                                              dilution in his/her stock ownership because
                                                              such shareholder's comparative percentage of
                                                              the issued and outstanding Common Stock of
                                                              the Company will be reduced.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                 SUMMARY OF SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                              AND OTHER INFORMATION

     The  following  is a summary of selected  consolidated  financial  data and
other  information  for the Company at and for each of the  indicated  two years
ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  and at and for the nine month
periods ended September 30, 1998 and 1997. The selected  consolidated  financial
statements  include the accounts of Premier  Bancorp,  Inc. and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries:  Premier Bank and PBI Capital  Trust.  All  material  intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated.  The following financial data is
qualified  by  reference  to the  more  detailed  information  contained  in the
consolidated  financial  statements and notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
See INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  Results for the periods ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively, are not necessarily indicative of the
results of operations that may be expected for the entire year.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       SELECTED CONSOLIDATD FINANCIAL DATA
                              AND OTHER INFORMATION
                (in 000's except per share data and percentages)

                                        At or For the 9 Month Period Ended              At or For the Year Ended   
                                                 September 30                                 December 31
                                                 ------------                                 -----------

                                                      1998              1997             1997              1996
                                                      ----              ----             ----              ----
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>              <C>              <C>       
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Total Interest Income                           $  11,920             9,764           13,448            10,103
  Total Interest Expense                              6,569             5,466            7,532             5,543
                                                      -----             -----            -----             -----
  Net Interest Income                                 5,351             4,298            5,916             4,560
  Provision for Loan Losses                             355               280              400               350
  Total Non-Interest Income                             233               134              150               208
  Total Non-Interest Expense                          3,473             2,766            3,735             2,887
                                                      -----             -----            -----             -----
  Net Income Before Income Taxes                      1,756             1,386            1,931             1,531
  Provision for Income Taxes                            575               440              590               435
                                                        ---               ---              ---               ---
  Net Income                                          1,181               946            1,341             1,096

PER SHARE AND SHARE DATA (1):
  Earnings Per Share-Basic                     $       0.45              0.36             0.51              0.42
  Earnings Per Share-Diluted                           0.40              0.35             0.49              0.40
  Book Value Per Share at End of Period                4.23              3.82             3.97              3.43

  Average Basic Shares                                2,630             2,604            2,606             2,604
  Average Diluted Shares                              2,919             2,738            2,752             2,706

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Loans, Net of Unearned Income                  $  129,954           102,265          108,533            82,910
  Investment Securities Available For Sale           83,535            61,073           62,434            52,900
  Investment Securities Held to Maturity              9,854            13,346           15,170            13,888
  Total Assets                                      232,557           184,575          193,523           153,687
  Deposits                                          174,405           140,789          143,603           118,093
  Borrowings                                         27,655            30,817           36,343            23,641
  Shareholders' Equity                               11,135             9,946           10,434             8,943

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Loans, Net of Unearned Income                  $  117,936            91,764           95,146            68,594
  Investment Securities                              77,408            67,727           69,352            55,007
  Interest Earning Assets                           198,953           161,072          166,293           125,545
  Total Assets                                      205,619           166,737          172,198           129,510
  Deposits                                          163,790           128,129          131,773           102,179
  Borrowings                                         25,908            26,944           28,447            17,003
  Shareholders' Equity                               10,861             9,200            9,392             8,228

PERFORMANCE RATIOS :
  Return on Average Assets (4)                        0.77%             0.76%            0.78%             0.85%
  Return on Average Stockholders' Equity (4)         14.53%            13.75%           14.28%            13.32%
  Net Interest Margin (2)(4)                          3.60%             3.57%            3.56%             3.63%
  Efficiency Ratio (3)                               62.20%            62.27%           61.57%            60.55%
  Number of Full Service Branches                         3                 3                3                 2

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
  Allowance for Loan Losses to Non-performing Loans 135.16%           241.59%          209.64%            88.75%
  Allowance for Loan Losses to Total Loans            1.27%             1.21%            1.25%             1.16%
  Non-performing Assets to Total Assets               0.84%             0.83%            0.67%             0.96%
  Net Charge-offs to Average Loans                    0.05%                --            0.00%             0.19%

CAPITAL RATIOS:
  Stockholders' Equity to Total Assets                4.79%             5.39%            5.39%             5.82%
  Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital                           8.77%             8.70%            8.60%             9.84%
  Total Risk-Based Capital                           14.07%            11.11%           10.97%            10.90%
  Tier 1 Leverage                                     7.02%             5.39%            5.51%             5.80%

<FN>

(1)  Per share  information  for all  periods  has been  restated  to  reflect a
     3-for-1  stock split  effective  December  31, 1997 which  increased  total
     shares outstanding to 2,630,340.

(2)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(3)  Non-interest  expense  divided  by  the  sum  of net  interest  income  and
     non-interest income.

(4)  Interim periods have been annualized.

</FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.

     Premier Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") is a bank holding company registered
under the  provisions of the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956, as amended.  The
Company was incorporated under the business  corporation law of the Commonwealth
of  Pennsylvania  on July 15, 1997 and  reorganized  on  November  17, 1997 as a
one-bank holding company. It is headquartered in Doylestown,  Pennsylvania.  The
Company has one subsidiary, Premier Bank (the "Bank").

     The Company's and the Bank's principal executive offices are located at 379
North Main Street,  Doylestown,  Pennsylvania  18901;  telephone  number:  (215)
345-5100.  For further information about the Company, the Bank, its officers and
directors, and their operations, see the captions entitled DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS, MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS,  and  DESCRIPTION  OF BUSINESS
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.


                                  RISK FACTORS

     Investment  in the  Common  Stock  involves  a degree of risk.  There is no
assurance of receiving any specific  rate of return on the Common  Stock.  Money
invested in the purchase of the Common Stock,  unlike money  deposited  with the
Bank, is not and will not be insured by the FDIC. Funds invested in Common Stock
will not earn  interest.  In  considering  an  investment  in the Common  Stock,
prospective  investors  should  carefully  consider the following  factors among
others described in this Prospectus.

     Dependence on Key  Personnel.  The business  success of the Company and the
Bank has  depended,  and will  continue  to depend,  to a great  extent upon the
services of John C.  Soffronoff,  Bruce E. Sickel and John J. Ginley as officers
and/or  Directors of the Bank and Company.  In order to mitigate this risk,  the
Company,   the  Bank  and  these  three  individual   executive   officers  (the
"Executives")  entered into Change of Control Agreements.  The Agreements define
certain severance  benefits that will be paid by the Company and the Bank to the
Executives in the event of a change of control.  The Bank employs  approximately
forty-eight (48) full-time  equivalent  employees.  The loss of key personnel by
the  Company or the Bank would have a material  adverse  effect  upon the future
prospects of the Company and the Bank.  However,  the Company has instituted the
Premier Bank Stock  Incentive  Plan to encourage  key employees and directors to
maintain their relationship with the Company or Bank, as the case may be.

     Dividend  Restrictions.  The Company's current dividend policy is to retain
earnings,  and not pay  dividends,  in order to support the Company's and Bank's
growth. The Company's future dividend policy will depend on a number of factors,
including,  among  other  things,  statutory  restrictions,  operating  results,
financial  position,  business  conditions  and the  discretion of the Company's
Board of Directors. Further, the ability of the Company to pay cash dividends is
dependent upon the ability of the Bank to pay  dividends.  See MARKET FOR COMMON
STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS - Dividends.


<PAGE>

     Offering  Price  Arbitrarily  Determined.  The Offering Price of the Common
Stock has been determined by the Board of Directors after analyses based largely
on market  conditions and current  shareholders'  equity per share. The Offering
Price  bears no  necessary  relationship  to the  Company's  present  and future
earnings potential or trading prices for the Common Stock. See DILUTION.

     Absence of Public Trading  Market.  The Common Stock is traded on a limited
basis, in the local over-the-counter market, primarily in Doylestown, Easton and
the  surrounding  areas.  While the Company  intends to comply  with  regulatory
requirements  necessary  for  brokerage  firms to make an  active  market in the
Common  Stock,  no  assurance  can be given that a liquid  market for the Common
Stock will develop or, if developed, be maintained.

     Control; Market Illiquidity. The Company's directors and principal officers
and their  associates  beneficially  own in the aggregate,  l,766,474  shares of
Common  Stock,  representing  54.6% of the  total  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock.  Moreover, the risks associated with the substantial percentage ownership
by these  persons  will exist  regardless  of the number of Shares  purchased by
these persons in the Offering.  For example,  even if these persons  purchase no
Shares in the Offering and the maximum  number of Shares is sold, the collective
percentage  ownership  by this  group  would be  diluted  by  approximately  7.1
percent.  The ownership of a substantial  percentage of the  outstanding  Common
Stock by a limited number of shareholders  can adversely affect the liquidity of
the market for the Common Stock since only a limited number of shares are widely
dispersed and likely to change hands. Stock prices in an illiquid market tend to
increase  and decrease in a more  volatile  manner than stock prices in a liquid
market,  since  prices  for a  relatively  small  number  of  shares  can have a
significant  impact on the prices  quoted for the Common  Stock.  The Company is
unable to estimate  the number of shares of Common Stock that may be offered and
sold in the future by any of its  shareholders.  Such sales will  depend  upon a
number of  factors,  including  the market  price for the  Common  Stock and the
circumstances  applicable  to  each  shareholder.   The  offer  and  sale  of  a
substantial  amount of Common  Stock in the  public  market is likely to have an
adverse impact on the market price of the Common Stock.

     Indemnification  Provisions for Directors.  The Company's  by-laws  contain
provisions limiting the liability of directors of the Company in connection with
any actions they take as directors.  Such  provisions  can result in the loss to
the Company and  shareholders  of a cause of action  against the  directors  for
monetary  damages.  Causes of action for  self-dealing,  willful  misconduct  or
recklessness  and  claims  for  non-monetary  relief,   however,  are  generally
unaffected  by such  provisions.  The  restriction  on  monetary  liability  can
discourage  derivative litigation seeking such relief and, in the case of claims
having merit, could reduce the recovery by the Company of monetary damages.  One
of the significant effects of the  indemnification  provisions in the by-laws is
to authorize  indemnification  against judgments and settlements in a derivative
suit.  As a result,  damages  assessed for a director  that would be paid to the
Company  would be at least  reduced by the  indemnification  amounts owed by the
Company to such  persons.  The  Company,  accordingly,  will not receive any net
benefit  from such  awards or  settlement  amounts  and could incur a loss after
indemnification  payments are made.  Management  believes,  however,  that these
provisions  are  appropriate  because  any such  possible  economic  loss to the
Company could be offset by a possible


<PAGE>

reduction in the cost to the Company of  defending  baseless  litigation,  which
also could be discouraged by the same provisions of the by-laws.

     Anti-takeover  Provisions.  The  Company's  articles of  incorporation  and
by-laws,  as well as the applicable  provisions of Pennsylvania  corporation law
and federal and state banking law,  contain a number of  provisions  that can be
deemed to have an anti-takeover  purpose or effect.  The overall effect of these
provisions  can be to  deter  a  future  non-negotiated  takeover  offer  that a
majority of the  shareholders  might possibly view to be in their best interests
as the offer might include a  substantial  premium over the market price for the
Company's   Common  Stock  at  that  time.  See   DESCRIPTION  OF  SECURITIES  -
Anti-takeover Provisions.

     Possible Lost Opportunity  Cost of Investing in the Offering.  It should be
noted that  persons  who  subscribe  for Shares  pursuant  to the  Offering  may
experience lost opportunity  costs in the event their  subscriptions to purchase
Shares  are  rejected  or in the  event  of a  delay  in the  completion  of the
Offering. No interest will be earned on any subscription price paid nor refunded
on any subscription price rejected by the Company.

     Intense  Competition.  The  Company  and  the  Bank  operate  in  a  highly
competitive  banking  environment.   In  Pennsylvania  generally,  larger  banks
dominate the commercial  banking industry.  In addition to commercial banks, the
Company and the Bank also compete with other  financial  institutions,  such as,
savings and loan associations,  credit unions, money market funds, mutual funds,
stock brokerage firms,  insurance  companies,  as well as other  institutions in
obtaining  lendable  funds  and  in  making  loans.  Also,  future  competitors,
including new commercial  banks, may enter the Bank's market area. The Company's
and Bank's strategy is to attract customers by providing  personalized  services
and to  utilize  the  directors'  business  and  personal  contacts  within  the
community.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  and  the  Bank  can
successfully  continue to pursue this strategy.  The Company and the Bank cannot
predict  the effect of  competition  on its  ability to  continue to gain market
acceptance and to operate profitably.  See DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS - Description
of the Bank.

     Economic Conditions and Related Uncertainties. Commercial banking, which is
the Company's primary source of income, is affected, directly and indirectly, by
local,  regional,  national and international economic and political conditions,
and by governmental monetary and fiscal policies.  Conditions such as inflation,
recession,  unemployment,  volatile interest rates,  tight money supply,  scarce
natural resources, real estate values, international conflicts and other factors
beyond the Company's and the Bank's  control can adversely  affect the potential
profitability of the Company and the Bank.  Future rising interest rates,  while
increasing the income yield on the Company's and the Bank's earning assets,  can
adversely affect loan demand and, consequently, the profitability of the Company
and the Bank.  Future  decreases  in  interest  rates can  adversely  affect the
Company's and the Bank's profitability  because any such decrease can reduce the
return  the  Company  and the Bank  earn on their  assets.  Economic  downturns,
particularly  in the  Bank's  primary  service  area,  could  result not only in
decreased  loan demand but an increase in the  delinquency  of those loans which
are  outstanding.  The  trading  prices of the  Common  Stock may  fluctuate  in
response to market forces which bears no direct relationship to the financial or
other performance of the Company.


<PAGE>

Management does not expect any one particular factor to affect the Company's and
the Bank's success or failure. See DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.

     Government  Regulations.  The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive
governmental  supervision,   regulation  and  control.  Future  legislation  and
governmental  policy could adversely affect the commercial  banking industry and
the  operations  of the  Company  and the Bank.  See  DESCRIPTION  OF BUSINESS -
Supervision  and Regulation - The Company,  and Supervision and Regulation - The
Bank.

     Possible Change of Regulations.  The Company's and the Bank's  organization
and operations  are strictly  regulated and supervised by a variety of state and
federal   regulatory   bodies  in  accordance  with   applicable   statutes  and
regulations.  Prospective  investors  should  be  aware  that the  statutes  and
regulations  governing  financial  institutions  in general,  and the commercial
banking  industry in  particular,  are in a state of continuous  change and have
been modified  substantially  during recent years.  Such  governing  laws can be
anticipated to continue to be the subject of modification  and management of the
Company  and the Bank (the  "Management")  cannot  predict  what effect any such
future  modifications  will have on the  operations of the Company and Bank. See
DESCRIPTION  OF  BUSINESS  -  Supervision  and  Regulation  - The  Company,  and
Supervision and Regulation - The Bank.

     Possible  Effects of Year 2000 Computer  Problems.  The "Year 2000 Problem"
(Y2K) arose because many existing computer programs use only the last two digits
to refer to a year. Therefore, these computer programs do not properly recognize
a year that begins with "20"  instead of the  familiar  "19." If not  corrected,
many computer  applications  could fail or create erroneous results by or at the
year  2000.  This could  cause  entire  system  failures,  miscalculations,  and
disruptions of normal  business  operations,  including,  among other things,  a
temporary  inability  to  process  transactions,  generate  statements,  compute
payments,   interest  or  delinquency,  or  engage  in  similar  daily  business
activities.  The extent of the potential  impact of the Year 2000 Problem is not
yet known, and if not timely corrected,  it could affect the global economy. The
Company has followed the guidelines contained in the series of Federal Financial
Institution's Examination Council's (FFIEC) Interagency Guidelines and the SEC's
Release No. 33-7558 and has designed and initiated an enterprise-wide program to
prepare the Company's  computer  systems and  applications for the year 2000 and
beyond.  See  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - Year 2000 Issues.

     Concentrations  of Credit Risk. The Bank's loan portfolio  represents loans
principally made in the Bucks and Northampton County areas in Pennsylvania which
are secured by both  residential  and commercial real estate.  Accordingly,  the
Bank's primary concentration of credit risk is related to the real estate market
in the Bucks and Northampton  County areas. The ultimate  collectibility of this
portion of the  Bank's  portfolio  is  susceptible  to  changes in local  market
conditions,  and therefore,  dependent upon the local economic  environment.  In
addition,  loan  concentrations  are also  considered  to exist  when  there are
amounts  loaned or  committed  to be loaned to a  multiple  number of  borrowers
engaged  in  similar   activities  which  would  cause  their  ability  to  meet
contractual   obligations  to  be  similarly   impacted  by  economic  or  other
conditions.  Though the Bank views many of its loans as made to individuals  or,
secured by residential real

<PAGE>

estate,  the Bank's loan  portfolio  contains many borrowers who are employed in
various  professions  such as,  the  medical,  dental,  legal  and  real  estate
professions.

     At September 30, 1998, the Company's  investment  portfolio  included $38.9
million of corporate bonds. These bonds are comprised of fixed and floating rate
securities issued by other U.S. banking companies.  The ultimate  collectibility
of these bonds depends on the continued success of these financial institutions.
The Company evaluates the credit-worthiness of each issuer prior to investing in
such  securities.  These  financial  institutions  include  some of the  largest
banking companies in the country, as well as smaller regional and super regional
institutions.  These companies are influenced by the general economic conditions
in the United States in particular, and may also be subject, to a greater extent
than the Company itself, to international economic events and conditions.

     PBI Capital Trust  Securities.  On August 11, 1998, the Company's  recently
formed subsidiary, PBI Capital Trust (the "Trust") issued $10.0 million of 8.57%
Capital  Securities due August 15, 2028. The Trust is a statutory business trust
created under the laws of Delaware.  The Company is the sole owner of the Trust.
The Trust used the proceeds from the Capital Securities to acquire $10.0 million
in 8.57%  Junior  Subordinated  Deferrable  Interest  Debentures  issued  by the
Company.  The Junior  Subordinated  Debentures are the sole assets of the Trust,
and payments  under the Junior  Subordinated  Debentures are the sole revenue of
the  Trust.  The  Company  is using  the  proceeds  from the sale of the  Junior
Subordinated  Debentures  for general  corporate  purposes,  including,  but not
limited  to,  investments  in and  advances  to its  subsidiary,  Premier  Bank,
repurchases of common stock of the Company,  branch  expansion,  the purchase of
certain branch facilities being leased and funding loans. The precise amount and
timing of the  application of the net proceeds used for such corporate  purposes
depends on the funding  requirements  and the availability of other funds to the
Company and the Bank.  At present,  the majority of the net  proceeds  have been
temporarily invested in investment  securities available for sale. Proceeds from
the Capital  Securities  provide the Company with  additional Tier I and Tier II
capital. The annual expense for the Capital Securities is $875,000.

     Management's Discretion Over the Use of Proceeds. Management intends to use
the net proceeds to contribute to the capital of the Bank to support  growth and
fund the cost of possible future new Bank branches,  finance possible  expansion
into related businesses,  and for general corporate purposes,  including working
capital. See USE OF PROCEEDS.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company,  if the maximum number of Shares are sold,
are estimated to be $5,447,000 after deducting  expenses incurred by the Company
in connection with the Offering,  estimated at $53,000.  The size of the Company
is a function of its capital base.  The larger the capital base,  the larger the
institution can grow its assets.  In each of the past five years,  the Company's
assets  have grown in excess of 30% while its returns on equity have ranged from
9.90% to 14.53%  during that period.  This trend is typical for a young  banking
company and causes capital ratios to decline.


<PAGE>

Banking regulations require that the Bank maintain certain capital ratios and if
those  ratios are not  maintained,  growth can be  limited.  Though the  Company
cannot  predict its future  growth rate  specifically,  management  believes its
growth will continue to exceed its ability to generate and retain earnings.  The
proceeds from this Offering are intended to make up this  difference  and assist
managment in  maintaining  its "well  capitalized"  classification  for the next
three  years  given its  current  business  plan and growth  expectation.

     Under  banking   regulations,   per  borrower   lending  limits  have  been
established. By increasing the Bank's capital position, the Bank can make larger
loans to customers and thereby potentially increase the Bank's lending activity.
Further,  the net proceeds may be used to support the continuing  development of
the Bank's franchise through expansion into related businesses.


                         DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

     There is no established public market for the Common Stock being registered
and offered for sale.  The Offering  Price has been  determined  by the Board of
Directors  after  analyses  based  largely  on  market  conditions  and  current
shareholders'  equity  per  share  and bears no  necessary  relationship  to the
Company's present and future earnings potential or trading prices for the Common
Stock.  During  the  third  quarter  of  1998,  based  on  information  known to
Management,  the Common Stock traded at a high and low price of $11.00 and $9.00
per  share,  respectively  and  during  the  fourth  quarter  of 1998,  based on
information  known to Management,  the Common Stock has traded at a high and low
price of $11.00 and $11.00 per share, respectively.  See MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.


                                    DILUTION

     The net  tangible  book value of the  Company  at  September  30,  1998 was
$11,135,265  or $4.23 per share of Common  Stock.  Net  tangible  book value per
share  represents  the amount of total tangible  assets less total  liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Without taking into
account any changes in such tangible  book value after  September 30, 1998, as a
result of normal operating income and expenses,  the pro forma net tangible book
value at September  30, 1998,  giving  effect to the sale of all 500,000  Shares
offered hereby and after payment of  anticipated  expenses  associated  with the
Offering of approximately  $53,000,  would have been  approximately  $5.30. This
figure represents an immediate  increase in net tangible book value of $1.07 per
share to existing  shareholders  who do not  purchase any Shares of Common Stock
offered hereby.

     Dilution represents the difference between the Offering Price per share and
the net  tangible  book  value per share  after the sale of the  Shares  offered
hereby. The following table sets forth the present book value per share prior to
and after the  Offering,  the change in book value,  the  dilution  expressed in
dollars and  percentages and the results  thereof,  if 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of
the 500,000 Shares of Common Stock offered hereby are sold.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Book Value(1)                                             Dilution(2)(3)


                       Prior to        After the          Aggregate
Percentage of          Offering         Offering      Increase in Equity    Change in           Dollar Amount
Offering Sold         (per share)     (per share)          (000's)       Book Value (1)        (per share) (1)    Percentage
- ---------------      -------------  ----------------  -----------------  ---------------      ----------------- ---------------
<S>                     <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>                   <C>              <C>
25%                     $ 4.23           $ 4.52            $ 1,322            6.86%                $ 6.48           58.91%
50%                     $ 4.23           $ 4.80            $ 2,697           13.48%                $ 6.20           56.36%
75%                     $ 4.23           $ 5.06            $ 4,072           19.62%                $ 5.94           54.00%
100%                    $ 4.23           $ 5.30            $ 5,447           25.30%                $ 5.70           51.82%

- --------------------------

(1)  Rounded to the nearest cent or hundredths of a percent.

(2)  Dilution is the difference between the Offering Price per share and the net
     tangible book value per share after the sale of the Shares offered hereby.

(3)  Includes offering expenses estimated at approximately $53,000.

</TABLE>

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     The Company is offering hereby, on a best-efforts basis,  500,000 shares of
Common Stock for a price of $11.00 per Share,  (the  "Offering  Price"),  for an
aggregate  amount of  $5,500,000.  The Shares are being  offered to the  general
public (the "Offering").  It should be noted, however, that because the Offering
is made on a  best-efforts  basis there can be no assurance that all, or any, of
the shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby will be sold.  No minimum  number of
Shares must be sold by the Company in order to close the Offering.

     The  Company  is  offering  the Common  Stock  through  the  efforts of the
Company's  and the  Bank's  directors,  officers  and  employees.  None of those
individuals  will be entitled to receive any discount,  commission or additional
compensation  for selling such Common  Stock,  but each may be reimbursed by the
Company for reasonable expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the sale of
the Common Stock.  The Company intends to satisfy the safe harbor  provisions of
Rule 3a4-1 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended (the  "Exchange
Act"), to ensure that the Company's and Bank's directors, officers and employees
will not be deemed "brokers", as defined in the Exchange Act, in connection with
the Offering.

     The Offering to the general public will commence on December 14, 1998 or as
soon as practicable after this Registration  Statement  becomes  effective.  The
minimum and maximum  subscriptions  in the Offering for each  subscriber are 100
and 10,000  Shares,  respectively.  The Company  reserves the right to waive any
restrictions if, in its sole  discretion,  it deems it appropriate to do so. The
Offering will terminate at 5:00 p.m. on February 15, 1999, or such later date as
shall be  determined  by the  Company,  but in no event  later than 5:00 p.m. on
March 31, 1999 (the "Offering Termination Date"). The Company reserves the right
to withdraw the Offering at any time or to terminate  the Offering  after it has
accepted subscriptions for 500,000 Shares of Common Stock.

<PAGE>

     In the event of a withdrawal or  termination of the Offering or a rejection
of a  subscription,  any funds  advanced  but not  accepted  will be returned as
promptly as possible  after the  withdrawal,  termination  or  rejection.  Funds
returned  will not include  interest  earned on funds  advanced or be reduced to
cover expenses or charges.


                              TERMS OF THE OFFERING

     Subscriptions  for the Shares  offered  hereby in the  Offering are made by
completion  and tender of an "Offering  Subscription  Agreement"  and a check or
money order made payable to "Premier Bancorp,  Inc." for the subscription  price
of $11.00 per Share multiplied by the number of shares being subscribed,  unless
the  subscriber  authorizes  withdrawal  from a checking  or savings  account or
certificate of deposit at the Bank. Any applicable  penalty for early withdrawal
will be waived by the Bank.

     A complete  description of the  subscription  procedure for the Offering is
set forth below.


Subscription Procedure

     Persons  who wish to  purchase  Shares  must  submit a  completed  Offering
Subscription  Agreement  together with the full amount of the subscription price
($11.00 per Share multiplied by the number of shares being  subscribed),  unless
the  subscriber  authorizes  withdrawal  from a checking  or savings  account or
certificate  of  deposit  held at the Bank.  Any  applicable  penalty  for early
withdrawal  will be waived by the Bank.  The  Offering  will expire on or before
5:00 p.m. on February  15, 1999  unless the  Offering is  terminated  earlier or
extended.

     The Offering  Subscription  Agreement  together with the full amount of the
aggregate  subscription price must be mailed to Premier Bancorp, Inc., 379 North
Main  Street,   Doylestown,   Pennsylvania  18901,  Attn:  John  C.  Soffronoff,
President,  unless the  subscriber  authorizes  withdrawal  from a  checking  or
savings  account or  certificate  of deposit  held at the Bank.  Any  applicable
penalty for early withdrawal will be waived.  The form of Offering  Subscription
Agreement (or a facsimile) may be used for this purpose.  The subscription price
must be paid in United States dollars by check or money order drawn to the order
of "Premier Bancorp, Inc." An Offering Subscription Agreement will be considered
if:

     (1)  properly  filled in,  dated,  signed and received  before the Offering
          Termination Date; and

     (2)  accompanied  by  payment in full by check or money  order,  unless the
          subscriber authorizes withdrawal from a checking or savings account or
          certificate of deposit held at the Bank.  Any  applicable  penalty for
          early withdrawal will be waived.

     Funds which accompany the Offering  Subscription  Agreement pursuant to the
Offering  will be  negotiated  and  deposited  by the  Company  into  one of the
Company's bank accounts until the Offering Subscription Agreement is accepted by
the Company. Decisions regarding the acceptance


<PAGE>

or  rejection of a  subscription  shall be made within 15 days of receipt by the
Company of a properly executed Subscription  Agreement accompanied by payment in
full of the subscription price. With respect to any rejected subscriptions,  all
refunds,  without  interest  or  deduction,  will be  mailed to  subscribers  as
promptly as possible after  rejection.  Certificates  for Shares duly subscribed
and paid for will be  issued  promptly  after  the  acceptance  of the  Offering
Subscription Agreements by the Company.

     Expiration  of the  Offering  will be at 5:00 p.m.  on February  15,  1999,
unless the Company  extends  the  Offering to a time and date no later than 5:00
p.m. on March 31, 1999.

     IN DETERMINING WHICH  SUBSCRIPTIONS TO ACCEPT IN THE OFFERING,  IN WHOLE OR
IN PART,  THE  COMPANY  MAY TAKE INTO  ACCOUNT A  SUBSCRIBER'S  POTENTIAL  TO DO
BUSINESS  WITH, OR TO DIRECT  CUSTOMERS TO, THE BANK.  THE COMPANY  RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO REJECT,  IN WHOLE OR IN PART, IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION,  ANY SUBSCRIPTION
FOR ANY REASON IN THE OFFERING.

     UNLESS  WAIVED  BY THE  COMPANY,  SUBSCRIBERS  MUST  PURCHASE  AT LEAST ONE
HUNDRED (100) SHARES AND CANNOT PURCHASE MORE THAN TEN THOUSAND  (10,000) SHARES
UNDER THE OFFERING.

     IF THERE IS AN  OVER-SUBSCRIPTION  FOR THE SHARES  OFFERED  PURSUANT TO THE
OFFERING, THE COMPANY MAY ACCEPT SAID SUBSCRIPTIONS ON A PRO RATA BASIS.

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In the opinion of Management, there are no proceedings pending to which the
Company or the Bank is a party or to which their property is subject,  which, if
determined  adversely to the Company or the Bank,  would be material in relation
to the Company's and the Bank's  capital,  liquidity,  financial  condition,  or
results of  operations.  There are no  proceedings  pending  other than ordinary
routine  litigation  incident to the  business  of the Company and the Bank.  In
addition,  no material  proceedings are pending or are known to be threatened or
contemplated against the Company or the Bank by government authorities.


                    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS
                               AND CONTROL PERSONS

Directors of the Company and of the Bank

     The  following  table  contains  certain  information  with  respect to the
Company's  Class 1  Directors  (whose term  expires in 1999),  Class 2 Directors
(whose term expires in 2000) and Class 3 Directors (whose term expires in 2001).
Each of the Class 1, 2 and 3 Directors also serves as a Director of the Bank.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Age as of             Principal Occupation for Past            Director Since
                                        November                Five Years and Position                  Company/
                Name                    1, 1998                    Held with Company                       Bank
                ----                    -------                    -----------------                       ----
<S>                                     <C>          <C>                                                 <C>  
Class 1 Directors
Michael Perrucci                           45        Partner - Florio & Perrucci                         1997/1992
(2)                                                   (Law Firm)
Gerald Schatz                              63        Chairman - Wordsworth Academy, Play                 1997/1992
(4)                                                  and Learn Centers, and Wyncote Academy
Bruce E. Sickel                            38        Senior Vice President/Chief Financial               1997/1992
(4)                                                  Officer of the Bank and Treasurer of the
                                                     Company
Thomas P. Stitt                            55        Attorney At Law                                     1997/1993
(4)
John A. Zebrowski                          56        President - J.A.Z. Associates (Plastic Resins       1997/1992
(2)                                                  Sales)
Brian R. Rich                              39        President - Jack Rich, Inc.                         1997/1993
(2)                                                   (Fuel Oil Dealer)
Ezio U. Rossi                              68        Retired, Former Owner - Arctic Foods, Inc.          1997/1994
(4)
Daniel E. Cohen                            54        Partner - Laub, Seidel, Cohen & Hof                 1997/1992
(1)(3)                                               (Law Firm)
Class 2 Directors
Thomas E. Mackell                          53        Surgeon                                             1997/1992
(4)
Neil Norton                                53        President - Norton Oil Company                      1997/1992
(2)
Helen Beth Garofalo-Vilcek                 41        Real Estate Broker                                  1997/1992
(2)
George H. Wetherill                        61        Owner - GH Wetherill Opticians and GH               1997/1992
(3)                                                  Wetherill Hearing Aid Associates
Irving N. Stein                            49        Vice President - Keystone Motors, Inc.              1997/1992
(4)
Class 3 Directors
Thomas M. O'Mara                           46        Owner - Master Gardener                             1997/1992
(1)(4)
Richard F. Ryan                            48        Partner - Richard B. Ryan Insurance                 1997/1993
(4)

<PAGE>

John C. Soffronoff                         51        President/Chief Executive Officer of the            1997/1992
(3)(4)                                               Company and the Bank
Peter A. Cooper                            40        President - Lexus of the Lehigh Valley              1997/1992
(1)(4)
Clark S. Frame                             48        Chairman of the Board                               1997/1992
(1)(3)(4)
Barry J. Miles, Sr.                        49        Vice Chairman of the Board                          1997/1992
(1)(2)(3)
Daniel A. Nesi                             61        Surgeon                                             1997/1992
(1)(3)
- ------------------
<FN>

(1)  Member of the Executive Committee. This Committee met 3 times during 1997.

(2)  Member of the Audit/Compliance Committee. This Committee serves as a direct
     link between the Board and the Independent Auditors,  enabling the Board to
     discharge its responsibility to oversee Management's  financial control and
     reporting  system.  The Committee  also  provides  oversight for the Bank's
     regulatory compliance program. The Committee met 1 time during 1997.

(3)  Member of the Loan Committee.  This Committee reviews and approves loans in
     accordance with the established  loan policy,  as exists from time to time.
     The Committee met 39 times during 1997.

(4)  Member of the  Investment/Asset/Liability  Management  Committee  ("ALCO").
     This Committee reviews the operating results of the Bank, its interest rate
     sensitivity, investment portfolio and performance verses the annual budget.
     The Committee met 4 times during 1997.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Management of the Company and the Bank

     The following  table sets forth  selected  information  about the principal
officers of the  Company  and the Bank,  each of whom is elected by the Board of
Directors  and each of whom  holds  office  at the  discretion  of the  Board of
Directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Number of Shares   Age as of
                           Position with        Held      Position with          Held   Beneficially   November 1,
Name                      the Company(1)        Since       the Bank             Since    Owned(2)        1998
- ----                      --------------        -----       --------             -----    ------          ----
<S>                   <C>                       <C>     <C>                      <C>      <C>              <C>  
Clark S. Frame        Chairman of the Board     1997    Chairman of the Board    1992     167,420(3)         48

Barry J. Miles, Sr.   Vice Chairman             1997    Vice Chairman            1992      62,763(3)         49
                      of the Board                      of the Board

John C. Soffronoff    President, Chief          1997    President, Chief         1992      42,570(3)         51
                      Executive Officer,                Executive Officer,
                      Member of the                     Member of the
                      Board of Directors                Board of Directors

John J. Ginley        Senior Vice President,    1997    Senior Vice President,   1992      42,882(4)         55
                      Secretary                         Chief Loan Officer,
                                                        Secretary
<PAGE>

Bruce E. Sickel       Senior Vice President,    1997    Senior Vice President,   1992      44,415(3)         38
                      Chief Financial Officer,          Chief Financial Officer,
                      Treasurer, Member of              Treasurer, Member of the
                      the Board of Directors            Board of Directors
- -------------
<FN>
(1)  The Company has no employees.

(2)  For the definition of "Beneficial Ownership",  see footnotes to the section
     "Beneficial Ownership by Directors and Officers", infra, at page 15.

(3)  For details  regarding the  Beneficial  Ownership of this  individual,  see
     table and footnotes to  "Beneficial  Ownership by Directors and  Officers",
     infra,  at page 15.

(4)  Includes an option held by Mr. Ginley to purchase 12,282 shares.

</FN>
</TABLE>


Family Relationships

     Dr.  David C. Frame,  a  principal  owner,  is the brother of Mr.  Clark S.
Frame.  See SECURITY  OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS AND  MANAGEMENT -
Principal Owners.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

     None of the Company's or Bank's directors or officers have been involved in
any disclosable  legal  proceedings  such as those  involving:  (1) a bankruptcy
petition;  (2) a criminal conviction;  (3) any order,  judgment or decree of any
court of competent  jurisdiction  limiting his or her involvement in any type of
business,  securities  or banking  activities;  or (4) a violation of federal or
state securities or commodities law.

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Shown below is information  concerning the annual compensation for services
in all  capacities  to the  Company  and the Bank  for the  fiscal  years  ended
December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 of the Chief  Executive  Officer and the other
most highly  compensated  executive  officers of the Company and the Bank to the
extent such persons' annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                           Annual Compensation                            Long-Term Compensation
                                                                                      Awards                   Payouts
                (a)                    (b)        (c)         (d)         (e)           (f)         (g)          (h)         (i)
                                                                         Other                   Securities
                                                                         Annual     Restricted   Underlying             All other
                                                                        Compen-        Stock      Options/     LTIP(3)   Compen-
                                                Salary       Bonus       sation      Award(s)     SARs(2)      Payouts   sation
    Name and Principal Position       Year      ($)(1)        ($)          $            ($)         (#)          ($)      ($)
    ---------------------------       ----      ------        ---          -            ---         ---          ---      ---

<S>                                   <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>    <C>       
John C. Soffronoff, President, Chief  1997        104,382      20,000     --             --           --          --    11,427 (4)
Executive Officer, Member the Board   1996         98,193      10,000     --             --           --          --    11,305
of Directors                          1995         95,333      10,000     --             --           --          --    14,191

John J. Ginley, Senior Vice President,1997        116,493      20,000     --             --           --          --     8,739 (5)
Secretary                             1996        110,276      10,000     --             --           --          --     8,552
                                      1995        107,059      10,000     --             --           --          --     4,800

Bruce E. Sickel, Senior Vice President1997         90,475      20,000     --             --           --          --     2,055 (6)
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer,   1996         86,643      10,000     --             --           --          --     1,671
Member of the Board of Directors      1995         84,209      11,500     --             --           --          --      --

<FN>

(1)  Yearly salary adjustments are made on or about April 24 of each year.

(2)  Stock appreciation rights ("SARs").

(3)  Long-term incentive plans ("LTIPs").

(4)  Includes the use of a car,  allowance of $4,800 for each of 1997,  1996 and
     1995 and 40l(k) Plan  contributions  in 1997 and 1996 of $3,575 and $3,390,
     respectively.  Also includes payment of country club dues in 1997, 1996 and
     1995 of $3,052, $3,115 and $9,391, respectively.

(5)  Includes 401(k) Plan contributions of $3,939 and $3,752 in each of 1997 and
     1996, and a car allowance of $4,800 for each of 1997, 1996 and 1995.

(6)  Includes 401(k) Plan contribution.

</FN>
</TABLE>

Compensation of Directors

     Directors  who attended at least  seventy-five  percent  (75%) of all Board
meetings, received stock options under the Bank Stock Option Plan for attendance
at Board and  committee  meetings  in  accordance  with the  following  formula:
Options  for thirty  (30)  shares per Board  meeting  and thirty (30) shares per
committee meeting.  There was no cash compensation paid to Directors in 1997 for
attendance at meetings.

     Mr.  Clark  Frame was paid a cash fee of  $59,000  and  $56,000 in 1997 and
1996, respectively,  to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman
of the Loan  Committee.  Cash  payments to Mr.  Frame for 1998 will  approximate
$64,000.  These amounts are included in the Statement of Income as "Professional
fees". Mr. Frame, like the other directors, received option and share awards for
attending  Board  meetings.  Mr. Frame is also  provided a membership to a local
country club for marketing purposes.

<PAGE>

                    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL
                              OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Principal Owners

     The  following  table sets  forth,  as of  November  1, 1998,  the name and
address  of each  person  who owns of  record  or who is  known by the  Board of
Directors  to be the  beneficial  owner of more  than five  percent  (5%) of the
Company's  outstanding Common Stock, the number of shares  beneficially owned by
such person and the  percentage  of the  Company's  outstanding  Common Stock so
owned.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Percent of Outstanding
                                                                                             Common Stock
Name and Address                            Shares Beneficially Owned (1)                 Beneficially Owned
- ----------------                            -------------------------                     ------------------
<S>                                               <C>                                          <C>
David C. Frame(2)                                     173,091 (3)                               5.39%
c/o Premier Bancorp, Inc.
379 North Main Street
Doylestown, Pennsylvania

Clark S. Frame(2)                                    167,420 (4)                                5.18%
c/o Premier Bancorp, Inc.
379 North Main Street
Doylestown, Pennsylvania
- ---------------
<FN>

(1)  For the  definition of beneficial  ownership,  see footnote 1 to the table,
     following.

(2)  Dr. David C. Frame is the brother of Mr. Clark S. Frame.

(3)  Includes an option to purchase 26,235 shares.

(4)  Includes an option to purchase 23,760 shares.

</FN>
</TABLE>

Beneficial Ownership By Directors and Officers

     The  following  table sets forth,  as of  November 1, 1998,  the amount and
percentage  of the  Common  Stock  of the  Company  beneficially  owned  by each
director  and all  officers  and  directors  of the  Company  as a  group.  This
information has been furnished by the individual reporting persons.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name of Individual             Amount and Nature of             Percent
or Identity Of Group          Beneficial Ownership (1)(2)      of Class (23)

<S>                                <C>                        <C>              
Class 1 Directors

Michael Perrucci                     74,600 (3)                2.31%
Gerald Schatz                       115,954 (4)                3.58%
Bruce E. Sickel                      44,415 (5)                1.37%
Thomas P. Stitt                      71,265 (6)                2.20%

<PAGE>

John A. Zebrowski                    92,633 (7)                2.86%
Brian R. Rich                       101,204 (8)                3.13%
Ezio U. Rossi                       124,752 (9)                3.86%
Daniel E. Cohen                     104,922 (10)               3.24%

Class 2 Directors

Thomas E. Mackell                    75,513 (11)               2.33%
Neil Norton                          87,333 (12)               2.70%
Helen Beth Garofalo-Vilcek           41,934 (13)               1.30%
George H. Wetherill                  77,661 (14)               2.40%
Irving N. Stein                      69,441 (15)               2.15%

Class 3 Directors

Thomas M. O'Mara                     54,069 (16)               1.67%
Richard F. Ryan                      93,890 (17)               2.90%
John C. Soffronoff                   42,570 (18)               1.32%
Peter A. Cooper                     111,948 (19)               3.46%
Clark S. Frame                      167,420 (20)               5.18%
Barry J. Miles, Sr.                  62,763 (21)               1.64%
Daniel A. Nesi                      106,905 (22)               3.30%

All Officers and Directors
as a Group (21 persons) (24)      1,766,474                   54.6%
- --------------
<FN>

(1)  The  securities  "beneficially  owned" by an individual  are  determined in
     accordance with the definitions of "beneficial  ownership" set forth in the
     regulations of the Federal  Reserve and the SEC and may include  securities
     owned by or for the  individual's  spouse and minor  children and any other
     relative  who has the same  home,  as well as  securities  as to which  the
     individual  has or shares  voting or  investment  power or has the right to
     acquire beneficial ownership within sixty (60) days after November 1, 1998.
     Beneficial ownership may be disclaimed as to certain of the securities.

(2)  Unless otherwise  indicated,  all shares are legally owned by the reporting
     person individually or jointly with a spouse.

(3)  Includes an option held by Mr. Perrucci to purchase 32,010 shares.

(4)  Includes an option held by Mr. Schatz to purchase 25,983 shares.

(5)  Includes an option held by Mr. Sickel to purchase 24,585 shares.

(6)  Includes  55,700  shares for which Mr.  Stitt is  trustee  and an option to
     purchase 10,155 shares.

(7)  Includes an option held by Mr. Zebrowski to purchase 22,950 shares.

(8)  Includes an option held by Mr. Rich to purchase 20,289 shares.

(9)  Includes an option held by Mr. Rossi to purchase 21,627 shares.

(10) Includes an option held by Mr. Cohen to purchase 44,730 shares.

(11) Includes an option held by Mr. Mackell to purchase 25,155 shares.

(12) Includes an option held by Mr. Norton to purchase 40,935 shares.

(13) Includes an option held by Ms. Garofalo-Vilcek to purchase 13,635 shares.


<PAGE>

(14) Includes an option held by Mr. Wetherill to purchase 26,958 shares.

(15) Includes an option held by Mr. Stein to purchase 21,615 shares.

(16) Includes an option held by Mr. O'Mara to purchase 20,343 shares.

(17) Includes an option held by Mr. Ryan to purchase 15,615 shares.

(18) Includes an option held by Mr. Soffronoff to purchase 22,770 shares.

(19) Includes an option held by Mr. Cooper to purchase 50,865 shares.

(20) Includes an option held by Mr. Frame to purchase 23,760 shares.

(21) Includes an option held by Mr. Miles to purchase 19,683 shares.

(22) Includes an option held by Mr. Nesi to purchase 40,695 shares.

(23) Percentages  assume that all options  exercisable within sixty (60) days of
     November  1, 1998 have been  exercised.  Therefore,  on a pro forma  basis,
     3,234,789 shares would be outstanding.

(24) Includes an option held by Mr. John J. Ginley, Senior Vice President of the
     Bank, to purchase 12,282 shares.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Stock

     The Company is authorized to issue  30,000,000  shares of Common Stock, par
value  $0.33 per share  ("Shares"  or "Common  Stock"),  of which  approximately
2,630,340  Shares  are  outstanding  as  of  November  1,  1998.  The  remaining
(approximately  27,369,660)  authorized but unissued Shares may be issued by the
Board of  Directors  without  further  shareholder  approval.  Issuance of these
Shares  could cause a dilution of the book value of the Common  Stock and of the
voting power of present shareholders.

     As of November 1, 1998 there were Four Hundred Sixty-Six (466) shareholders
of  record.  The  holders  are  entitled  to one vote per  share on all  matters
presented  to  them  and  have  cumulative  voting  rights  in the  election  of
directors.

     The  Common  Stock  has  no  contractual  or  non-contractual   preemptive,
subscription or conversion  rights or redemption or repurchase  provisions.  The
Common Stock is nonassessable  and requires no sinking fund. Each shareholder is
entitled to receive dividends that may be declared by the Board of Directors and
to share pro rata in the event of dissolution or  liquidation.  For  information
concerning  dividend  restrictions,  see the caption  entitled MARKET FOR COMMON
STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Anti-takeover Provisions

     The Company's  articles of incorporation,  as amended,  and by-laws contain
provisions that may be deemed to be "anti-takeover" in nature. These provisions,
as described below,  may serve to entrench current  Management by enabling it to
retain  its  current  position  and  placing it in a better  position  to resist
changes that the shareholders may want to make if dissatisfied  with the conduct
of the  Company's  Management  and  business.  Two of these  provisions  are the
authorization  of  30,000,000  Shares,  described  above,  and  the  absence  of
preemptive  rights for shareholders to subscribe for additional  Shares on a pro
rata basis.


<PAGE>

     The ability to issue additional  Common Stock and the absence of preemptive
rights to Common Stock were authorized for the purpose of providing the Board of
Directors  of the  Company  with  as  much  flexibility  as  possible  to  issue
additional Shares,  without further shareholder  approval,  for proper corporate
purposes  including  financing,  acquisitions,  stock  dividends,  stock splits,
employee  incentive  plans and other  similar  purposes.  The  ability  to issue
additional Shares may, however,  also be used by the Board of Directors to deter
future attempts to gain control over the Company.

     Other  provisions that could be considered  anti-takeover in nature are the
provisions  in the Company's  amended  articles of  incorporation  requiring the
affirmative  vote of either the  holders of at least  sixty-six  and  two-thirds
percent   (66-2/3%)   of  the   outstanding   Shares  to  approve   any  merger,
consolidation,  liquidation  or dissolution of the Company or the sale of all or
substantially all of its assets.  Further, the articles of incorporation require
approval by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of  sixty-six  and  two-thirds
percent  (66-2/3%) of the  outstanding  Shares in order to amend this  provision
contained within the articles of incorporation.  The provisions  discussed above
were  included  in the  articles  of  incorporation  in order to ensure that any
extraordinary  corporate  transaction  is  effected  only if it receives a clear
mandate from the shareholders.  These provisions,  however, could give the Board
of Directors a veto power over certain transactions  regardless of whether it is
desired by or beneficial to a majority of the  shareholders  and thereby  assist
the Board of Directors in retaining its present position. Also, these provisions
could give the holders of a minority of the Company's  outstanding Shares a veto
power  over this type of  transaction  even if the Board of  Directors  and/or a
majority of the  shareholders  believes  such  transaction  to be desirable  and
beneficial.  Absent  such  provisions  in the  articles  of  incorporation,  the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  directors and at least a majority of the
Shares   outstanding   would   generally   be  required  to  approve  a  merger,
consolidation,  liquidation, dissolution or the sale of all or substantially all
of the assets of the  Company,  and at least a majority  of the Shares  would be
required to approve an amendment to the articles of incorporation. The Company's
by-laws can be amended or repealed  in whole or in part,  by a majority  vote of
the members of the Board of Directors or by the affirmative  vote of the holders
of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding Shares entitled
to vote thereon.

     The Company  elects  directors for staggered  terms of office (a classified
board). The Board of Directors  believes that a classified board,  consisting of
three classes, helps ensure continuity and stability of corporate leadership and
policy.  In addition,  a classified  board  moderates  the pace of any change in
control of the Board of  Directors  by  extending  the time  required to elect a
majority of the directors to at least two successive annual meetings.  Since the
extension of time also tends to  discourage a tender offer or takeover bid, this
provision  may  also  be  deemed  to be  anti-takeover  in  nature.  Further,  a
classified  board makes it more difficult for a majority of the  shareholders to
change  the  composition  of the  Board of  Directors  even  though  this may be
considered desirable by them.

     The final major provision considered to be anti-takeover in nature which is
applicable  to the Company is in the  Company's  articles of  incorporation  and
enables the Board of  Directors to oppose an offer to acquire the Company on the
basis of factors other than short-term economic benefits to


<PAGE>


shareholders.  Consideration may be given to certain other  constituencies  such
as: the impact the  acquisition of the Company would have on the community;  the
effect  of  the  acquisition  upon  shareholders,   employees,   depositors  and
customers; and the reputation and business practices of the tender offeror. This
provision was included in the articles of incorporation to emphasize the ability
of the Board of Directors to recognize,  pursuant to state law, the interests of
these various constituent groups.

     The overall effect of these provisions: (1) may result in the Company being
less  attractive  to a  potential  acquirer;  (2)  may  be  to  deter  a  future
non-negotiated takeover offer that a majority of the shareholders might possibly
view to be in their best  interests  as the offer  might  include a  substantial
premium over the market price of the  Company's  Common Stock at that time;  and
(3) may result in  shareholders  receiving  less for their shares than otherwise
might be available in the event of a takeover  attempt.  As stated above,  these
provisions may have the effect of  entrenching  current  Management  against the
wishes of the shareholders.


                         STATEMENT AS TO INDEMNIFICATION

     Pennsylvania  law  and  the  by-laws  of  the  Company  provide  for  broad
indemnification of officers and directors of the Company against liabilities and
expenses incurred by such persons in legal proceedings. In addition, the by-laws
of the Company limit, under certain conditions,  the liability of directors from
monetary  damages in connection  with any actions they take as  directors.  Such
provisions  can have,  as one  significant  effect,  the loss to the Company and
shareholders  of a cause of action  against the directors for monetary  damages.
Causes of action for self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness and claims
for non-monetary relief,  however,  could be unaffected by such provisions.  The
restriction on monetary liability can discourage  derivative  litigation seeking
such relief and, in the case of claims having  merit,  could reduce the recovery
by the  Company  of  monetary  damages.  One of the  significant  effects of the
indemnification  provisions  in  the  by-laws  is to  authorize  indemnification
against  judgments and  settlements in a derivative  suit. As a result,  damages
assessed  for a  director  that would be paid to the  Company  would be at least
reduced by the indemnification  amounts owed by the Company to such persons. The
Company,  accordingly,  would not receive  any net  benefit  from such awards or
settlement  amounts and could incur a loss after  indemnification  payments  are
made.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers or persons  controlling  the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that
in the  opinion  of the SEC such  indemnification  is against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.

<PAGE>

                            CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND
                              RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Except as disclosed below, there have been no material transactions between
the Company and the Bank,  nor any material  transactions  or proposed  material
transactions, with any director or executive officer of the Company or the Bank,
or any associate of any of the foregoing  persons during the past two years. The
Bank  maintains a policy of not  extending or granting  credit to any  director,
officer,  employee or any member of their immediate  family. In 1996, a loan was
made to an  individual  prior  to that  individual's  election  to the  Board of
Directors of the Company and the Bank. This loan was made in the ordinary course
of  business  on  substantially  the same terms,  including  interest  rates and
collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with
other  customers.  Also,  this loan did not  involve a more than  normal risk of
collectability or present any other unfavorable  features.  The outstanding loan
balance was repaid in January 1998 and no further  extensions  of credit will be
issued to any director, officer or employee until such time as the Bank's policy
is changed.

     The Bank's offices in Doylestown and Easton are owned by Norbuck Associates
("Norbuck"),  a Pennsylvania limited partnership consisting of several directors
of the Bank.  Rent paid to Norbuck in 1997 and 1996 was $117,368  and  $113,954,
respectively. The leases with Norbuck have an initial term expiring December 31,
1998 and the Bank intends to exercise its purchase  option on these  properties.
The purchase price will be based on the appraised value of these  properties and
is expected to be in the range of $1,200,000 to  $1,300,000.  The buildings were
purchased by Norbuck in 1994 for $1,000,000.


                             DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Description of the Company

     Premier  Bancorp,  Inc., a  Pennsylvania  business  corporation,  is a bank
holding company  registered with and supervised by the Board of Governors of the
Federal  Reserve  System  (the  "Federal  Reserve   Board").   The  Company  was
incorporated  on  July  15,  1997  under  the  business  corporation  law of the
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  and  reorganized  on  November  17, 1997 for the
purpose of becoming a one-bank holding company. Since commencing operations, the
Company's business has consisted  primarily of managing and supervising the Bank
and its principal source of income has been revenues  generated by the Bank. The
Company has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank and PBI Capital Trust.

     The principal  executive office of the Company is located at 379 North Main
Street,  Doylestown,  Bucks County,  Pennsylvania 18901. The telephone number of
the Company is (215) 345-5100.

<PAGE>

Supervision and Regulation - The Company

     The Company is subject to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of
1956, as amended (the "Bank Holding  Company  Act"),  and to  supervision by the
Federal  Reserve  Board.  The Bank  Holding  Company Act requires the Company to
secure  the  prior  approval  of the  Federal  Reserve  Board  before it owns or
controls,  directly or  indirectly,  more than five  percent  (5%) of the voting
shares or substantially all of the assets of any institution,  including another
bank. The Bank Holding Company Act prohibits  acquisition by the Company of more
than  five  percent  (5%) of the  voting  shares  of,  or  interest  in,  all or
substantially  all of the assets of any bank  located  outside  of  Pennsylvania
unless such  acquisition is specifically  authorized by the laws of the state in
which such bank is located.

     A bank holding company is prohibited  from engaging in or acquiring  direct
or indirect  control of more than five percent (5%) of the voting  shares of any
company engaged in non-banking  activities  unless the Federal Reserve Board, by
order or  regulation,  has found such  activities  to be so  closely  related to
banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.  In
making this  determination,  the Federal  Reserve  Board  considers  whether the
performance of these  activities by a bank holding  company would offer benefits
to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects.

     The Company is required to file an annual  report with the Federal  Reserve
Board and any additional  information that the Federal Reserve Board may require
pursuant to the Bank Holding  Company Act.  The Federal  Reserve  Board may also
make  examinations of the Company and any or all of its  subsidiaries.  Further,
under Section 106 of the 1970 amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act and the
Federal Reserve Board's regulations, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries
are prohibited  from engaging in certain tie-in  arrangements in connection with
any  extension  of credit or provision of credit or provision of any property or
services. The so-called "anti-tie in" provisions state generally that a bank may
not extend credit,  lease, sell property or furnish any service to a customer on
the  condition  that the  customer  not obtain  other  credit or service  from a
competitor of the bank,  its bank holding  company or any subsidiary of its bank
holding company.

     Federal  law also  prohibits  acquisitions  of  control  of a bank  holding
company  without  prior notice to certain  federal bank  regulators.  Control is
defined for this  purpose as the power,  directly or  indirectly,  to direct the
management  or  policies of the bank or bank  holding  company or to vote 25% or
more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company.  A person or
group  holding  revocable  proxies to vote 25% or more of the stock of a bank or
its holding  company would  presumably be deemed to control the  institution for
purposes of this federal law.

     Subsidiary  banks  of  a  bank  holding  company  are  subject  to  certain
restrictions  imposed by the Federal  Reserve Act on any extensions of credit to
the bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries, on investments in the stock
or other  securities of the bank holding  company and on taking of such stock or
securities as collateral for loans to any borrower.


<PAGE>

     Permitted Activities

     The Federal  Reserve  Board  permits  bank  holding  companies to engage in
activities so closely related to banking or managing or controlling  banks as to
be a proper incident thereto. The Company does not at this time engage in any of
the  permissible  activities  described  below,  nor does the  Company  have any
current plans to engage in these activities in the foreseeable future.

     While the types of  permissible  activities  are  subject  to a variety  of
limitations and to change by the Federal Reserve Board, the principal activities
that presently may be conducted by a bank holding  company and may in the future
be engaged by the Company  are: (1) making,  acquiring  or  servicing  loans and
other  extensions  of credit for its own  account or for the  account of others,
such as would be made by consumer  finance,  credit card,  mortgage,  commercial
finance and factoring companies;  (2) operating as an industrial bank or similar
entity in the manner authorized by state law so long as the institution does not
both accept demand deposits and make commercial  loans; (3) operating as a trust
company  in the  manner  authorized  by  federal  or  state  law so  long as the
institution  does not make  certain  types of  loans or  investments  or  accept
deposits, except as may be permitted by the Federal Reserve Board; (4) acting as
an investment or financial  advisor to investment  companies and other  persons;
(5) leasing personal and real property or acting as agent,  broker or advisor in
leasing  property;  (6) making equity and debt  investments in  corporations  or
projects  designed  primarily to promote  community  welfare;  (7)  providing to
others financially oriented data processing or bookkeeping services;  (8) acting
as an  insurance  agent or broker in  relation to  insurance  for itself and its
subsidiaries  or for insurance  directly  related to  extensions of credit;  (9)
acting as underwriter  for credit life insurance and credit  accident and health
insurance;  (10)  providing  courier  services  of  a  limited  character;  (11)
providing  management  consulting  advice to  nonaffiliated  banks  and  nonbank
depository institutions; (12) selling money orders, travelers' checks and United
States savings bonds; (13) performing  appraisals of real estate; (14) acting as
intermediary for the financing of commercial or industrial income-producing real
estate by arranging  for the  transfer of the title,  control and risk of such a
real  estate  project  to one  or  more  investors;  (15)  providing  securities
brokerage   services,   related  securities  credit  activities  and  incidental
activities such as offering custodial services,  individual  retirement accounts
and  cash  management  services,   if  the  securities  brokerage  services  are
restricted to buying and selling  securities  solely as agent for the account of
customers and do not include  securities  underwriting  or dealing or investment
advice or research services; (16) underwriting and dealing in obligations of the
United States,  general  obligations of states and their political  subdivisions
and other obligations such as bankers'  acceptances and certificates of deposit;
(17)  providing   general   information,   advisory   services  and  statistical
forecasting with respect to foreign exchange  markets;  (18) acting as a futures
commission  merchant in the execution and clearance on major commodity exchanges
of futures  contracts  and options on futures  contracts  for  bullion,  foreign
exchange, government securities,  certificates of deposit and other money market
instruments; (19) performing personal property appraisals that require expertise
regarding  all types of personal and  business  property,  including  intangible
property such as corporate  securities;  (20)  providing  commodity  trading and
futures commission merchant advice; (21) providing consumer financial counseling
to individuals on consumer-oriented financial management matters, including debt
consolidation, mortgage applications, bankruptcy, budget management, real estate
tax  shelters,  tax  planning,  retirement  and estate  planning,  insurance and
general  investment  management,  so long as this  activity does not include the
sale of specific


<PAGE>

products or investments;  (22) providing tax planning and preparation  advice to
corporations  and  individuals;   (23)  providing  check  guaranty  services  to
subscribing merchants; (24) operating a collection agency and credit bureau; and
(25) acquiring and operating  thrift  institutions,  including  savings and loan
associations, building and loan associations and FDIC-insured savings banks.

     Certain Provisions of Pennsylvania Banking Law

     Under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended,  (the "Code"), the
Company has been permitted since March 4, 1990 to control an unlimited number of
banks. However, the Company would be required under the Bank Holding Company Act
to obtain  the prior  approval  of the  Federal  Reserve  Board  before it could
acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or acquire ownership
or control of any voting shares of any bank other than the Bank,  if, after such
acquisition,  it would own or control  more than five percent (5%) of the voting
shares of such bank.  The Bank  Holding  Company Act does not permit the Federal
Reserve Board to approve the acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of any
voting shares of, or interest in, all or substantially all of the assets of, any
bank located outside the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, unless the acquisition is
specifically authorized by the laws of the state in which that bank is located.

     Since 1995, the  Pennsylvania  Banking Code has authorized  full interstate
banking and branching.  Specifically, the law authorizes interstate bank mergers
and reciprocal  interstate  branching into Pennsylvania by interstate banks, and
permits  Pennsylvania  institutions  to branch into other  states with the prior
approval of the Department of Banking.  Overall,  this law is likely to continue
to have the effect of increasing  consolidation  and  competition  and promoting
geographic  diversification in the banking industry. For a further discussion of
interstate  banking and  branching,  see the section  entitled  Supervision  and
Regulation - The Bank.

     Legislation and Regulatory Changes

     From  time  to  time,  legislation  is  enacted  which  has the  effect  of
increasing  the  cost of  doing  business,  limiting  or  expanding  permissible
activities  or  affecting  the  competitive  balance  between  banks  and  other
financial  institutions.  Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing
the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial
institutions are frequently made in Congress, and before various bank regulatory
agencies. No prediction can be made as to the likelihood of any major changes or
the impact such changes might have on the Company and its subsidiary,  the Bank.
Certain changes of potential significance to the Company which have been enacted
recently  and others  which are  currently  under  consideration  by Congress or
various  regulatory  or  professional  agencies  are  discussed  in the  section
entitled Supervision and Regulation - The Bank.

     The Federal Reserve Board, which has primary supervisory authority over the
Bank,  regularly examines banks in such areas as reserves,  loans,  investments,
management  practices,  and other aspects of operations.  These examinations are
designed  for the  protection  of the Bank's  depositors  rather than the Bank's
shareholders.  The Bank must furnish annual and quarterly reports to the Federal
Reserve  Board,  which  has  the  authority  under  the  Financial  Institutions
Supervisory  Act to  prevent  the Bank from  engaging  in an  unsafe or  unsound
practice in conducting its business.


<PAGE>

     Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern,  among other things,
the  scope of the  Bank's  business,  the  investments  the Bank may  take,  the
reserves against  deposits the Bank must maintain,  the types and terms of loans
the Bank may make and the  collateral  it may take,  the  activities of the Bank
with respect to mergers and  consolidations,  and the establishment of branches.
Pennsylvania law permits statewide branching.

     The Bank is required to comply with the Federal  Reserve Boards  risk-based
capital  guidelines.  The  guidelines  require all United  States banks and bank
holding  companies to maintain a minimum  risk-based  capital ratio of 8.00% (of
which at least 4% must be "Tier 1  Capital,"  consisting  principally  of common
shareholders' equity,  noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount
of cumulative  perpetual  preferred stock, and minority  interests in the equity
accounts of consolidated  subsidiaries,  less certain  intangible  assets).  The
remainder  ("Tier 2 Capital")  may consist of a limited  amount of  subordinated
debt,  minority  interests in the equity accounts of consolidated  subsidiaries,
and  intermediate-term  preferred stock,  certain hybrid capital instruments and
other debt  securities,  perpetual  preferred stock, and a limited amount of the
general loan loss allowance.

     The federal banking agencies have specified,  by regulation,  the levels at
which an insured  institution  is  considered  "well  capitalized,"  "adequately
capitalized,"    "undercapitalized,"    "significantly   undercapitalized,"   or
"critically  undercapitalized."  Under  these  regulations,  an  institution  is
considered "well  capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10%
or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, a leverage ratio
of 5% or greater,  and is not subject to any order or written  directive to meet
and  maintain a specific  capital  level.  At  September  30,  1998,  Management
believed that the Company was in compliance with these  regulatory  standards to
be  classified  as  "well  capitalized."   Assets  are  assigned  to  five  risk
categories,  with higher levels of capital required for the categories perceived
as representing  greater risk. The required  capital ratios represent equity and
(to  the  extent  permitted)   non-equity  capital  as  a  percentage  of  total
risk-weighted  assets.  The  risk-based  capital  rules  are  designed  to  make
regulatory  capital  requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles
among banks and bank holding companies and to minimize disincentives for holding
liquid assets.

     The Bank is subject to FDIC  deposit  insurance  assessments.  The FDIC has
adopted a riskrelated premium assessment system for both the Bank Insurance Fund
("BIF")  for banks and the  Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF")  for
savings  association.  Under this system,  FDIC insurance  premiums are assessed
based on capital and supervisory measures.

     Under  the  risk-related   premium   assessment  system,  the  FDIC,  on  a
semi-annual basis, assigns each institution to one of three capital groups (well
capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,  or undercapitalized) and further assigns
such institution to one of three subgroups within a capital group  corresponding
to the  FDIC's  judgment  of its  strength  based  on  supervisory  evaluations,
including  examination  reports,  statistical  analysis,  and other  information
relevant to gauging the risk posed by the institution.  Only institutions with a
total risk-based capital to risk-adjusted assets ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier
1 capital to risk-adjusted  assets ratio of 6% or greater, and a Tier 1 leverage
ratio of 5% or  greater,  are  assigned  to the  well-capitalized  group.  As of
September 30, 1998, the Bank was assigned to the well-capitalized group.


<PAGE>
     Pending Legislation

     Various  congressional  bills and other  proposals have proposed a sweeping
overhaul of the banking system, including provisions for: limitations on deposit
insurance coverage; changing the timing and method financial institutions use to
pay for  deposit  insurance;  expanding  the  power  of banks  by  removing  the
restrictions on bank underwriting activities;  tightening the regulation of bank
derivatives  activities;  allowing  commercial  enterprises  to own  banks;  and
permitting  bank holding  companies to own affiliates that engage in securities,
mutual funds and insurance activities.

     Management has no way of anticipating whether any of these measures will be
enacted or if enacted,  their  impact on the  Company's  financial  position and
reported results of operation.  As a consequence of the extensive  regulation of
commercial banking activities in the United States, the Company's and the Bank's
business  is  particularly  susceptible  to being  affected by federal and state
legislation and regulations that may increase the costs of doing business.

Effects of Inflation

     Inflation has some impact on the Company's and the Bank's  operating costs.
Unlike  many  industrial  companies,  however,  substantially  all of the Bank's
assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result,  interest rates have
a more significant  impact on the Company's and the Bank's  performance than the
general level of inflation.  Over short periods of time,  interest rates may not
necessarily  move in the same  direction  or in the same  magnitude as prices of
goods and services.

Monetary Policy

     The earnings of the Company and the Bank are affected by domestic  economic
conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States  Government
and its  agencies.  An important  function of the Federal  Reserve  System is to
regulate the money  supply and interest  rates.  Among the  instruments  used to
implement  those  objectives  are  open  market   operations  in  United  States
government  securities and changes in reserve  requirements  against member bank
deposits.  These  instruments  are used in  varying  combinations  to  influence
overall growth and  distribution of bank loans,  investments  and deposits,  and
their use may also affect rates charged on loans or paid for deposits.

     The Bank is a member of the  Federal  Reserve  System and,  therefore,  the
policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board have a significant  effect
on its deposits,  loans and investment  growth,  as well as the rate of interest
earned and paid, and are expected to affect the Bank's operations in the future.
The  effect of such  policies  and  regulations  upon the  future  business  and
earnings of the Company and the Bank cannot be predicted.

Environmental Regulation

     There are several federal and state statutes which regulate the obligations
and liabilities of financial institutions pertaining to environmental issues. In
addition to the potential for  attachment  of liability  resulting  from its own
actions, a bank may be held liable under certain circumstances for


<PAGE>


the actions of its  borrowers,  or third  parties,  when such actions  result in
environmental  problems on properties that collateralize loans held by the bank.
Further,  the liability  has the potential to far exceed the original  amount of
the loan  issued by the Bank.  Currently,  neither the Company nor the Bank is a
party to any pending legal proceeding pursuant to any environmental statute, nor
is the  Company and the Bank aware of any  circumstances  which may give rise to
liability under any such statute.

Year 2000

     The Year 2000 issue is  created  by the  potential  inability  of  computer
systems to use more than two digits in the data field for the year,  thus making
them  unable to  identify  years  after 1999 with  accuracy.  If a bank does not
resolve  problems  related  to  the  Year  2000  issue,   computer  systems  may
incorrectly  compute  payment,  interest or delinquency  information  and may be
unable to process  transactions among other items. In addition,  because payment
and other important data systems are linked by computer, if the banks with which
the Bank conducts  ongoing  operations do not resolve this potential  problem in
time, the Bank may experience  significant data processing  delays,  mistakes or
failures.  These  delays,  mistakes or failures may have a  significant  adverse
impact on the  financial  condition and results of operations of the Company and
the Bank.
   
     Management  has  initiated  an  enterprise-wide   program  to  prepare  the
Company's  computer  systems and applications for the Year 2000. The Company has
developed a comprehensive  inventory of all PC based  applications,  third-party
relationships,  environmental  systems,  proprietary  programs and  non-computer
related  systems  (such  as  postage  meters  and  fax  machines).  The  Company
recognizes that the Bank's operating,  processing and accounting  operations are
computer reliant and could be affected by the Y2K issue and has developed a plan
to make the systems Y2K ready and to conduct  testing on them by March 1999.  As
of September 30, 1998, approximately 80% of the Company's systems were Year 2000
ready, with all systems expected to be ready by March 1999.

     The Company has acquired  its  mission-critical  system which  supports the
Company's core business  processes from a highly  regarded  third-party  vendor.
This vendor  began in 1997 and  completed  by October  1998  renovations  to its
systems to make them Y2K ready.  The  remediated  software was placed into daily
production in September 1998.  Beginning in November 1998, the Bank,  along with
other clients of this vendor, will begin  comprehensive  testing of the system's
Y2K  readiness.  Such testing is  anticipated  to be completed in January  1999.
However,   because   most   computer   systems   are,  by  their  very   nature,
interdependent,  it is possible that  noncompliant  third-party  computers could
impact the Company's  computer systems.  The Company could be adversely affected
by the Y2K problem if it or unrelated  parties fail to successfully  address the
problem.  The Company has taken steps to communicate with the unrelated  parties
with whom it deals to coordinate Year 2000 compliance. Additionally, the Company
is dependent on external  suppliers,  such as, wire transfer systems,  telephone
systems,  electric  companies,  and other utility  companies for continuation of
service.  The Company is also  assessing  the impact,  if any,  the century date
change may have on its credit risk.

     The  Company  has  initiated  communications  with  all of its  significant
vendors,  suppliers  and large  commercial  customers to determine the extent to
which the Company is vulnerable to those third-parties'  failure to remedy their
own Year 2000 Problems.  The Y2K Project Manager has available each vendors' Y2K
readiness efforts which includes their remediation  plan,  renovation  approach,
testing  methodologies  and target dates. In the event that any of the Company's
significant   vendors,   suppliers  and  large   commercial   customers  do  not
successfully  achieve Year 2000  compliance  in a timely  manner,  the Company's
business or operations  could be adversely  affected.  If significant  suppliers
fail to meet Year 2000  operating  requirements,  the Company  intends to engage
alternative   suppliers.   For  insignificant  vendors,  the  Company  will  not
necessarily  validate  that  they  are Year  2000  compliant.  However,  for any
insignificant vendor who responds that they will not be compliant by March 1999,
the  Company  will seek a new vendor or system that is  compliant.  The Bank has
surveyed its large  commercial  customers as to their Y2K  preparedness.  At the
present time, in excess of 95% of these surveys have been returned.  Respondents
have acknowledged their awareness of Y2K issues and currently believe that these
issues will not  materially  affect their  financial  condition,  liquidity,  or
results  of  operations.  The extent to which  customers  are Y2K  compliant  is
considered in the Bank's decision to extend credit.
    
     The Year 2000 issue creates risk for the Company from  unforeseen  problems
in its own  computer  systems  and from  third  parties  with  whom the  Company
transacts  business.  The impact on the overall  economy from  failures of other
companies and  industries to  successfully  address this problem  nationally and
internationally  is  unknown.  See  MANAGEMENT'S   DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - Year 2000 Issues.

Description of the Bank

     The  Bank  was  organized  in  1990  as a  Pennsylvania  chartered  banking
institution and is a member of the Federal  Reserve  System.  The Bank commenced
operations on April 24, 1992.  Customers'  deposits held by the Bank are insured
by the FDIC to the maximum extent permitted by


<PAGE>



law.  The Bank's  legal  headquarters  are  located  at 379 North  Main  Street,
Doylestown, Bucks County, Pennsylvania 18901.

     The  Bank  is  a  community-oriented   financial  services  provider  where
consumers and small business customers can obtain a wide variety of products and
services,  including:  checking,  savings,  money  market  accounts  as  well as
certificates of deposit, residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines
of credit, personal lines of credit, working capital lines, and other commercial
loans.  The Bank also offers other  services  such as electronic  banking,  cash
management services,  safe deposit boxes, telephone banking and automated teller
services.  The Bank places an emphasis on serving  customer  needs by  providing
personal  attention  and service.  The Bank's  primary  service  areas are Bucks
County, Pennsylvania and the Lehigh Valley region. Specifically, the main office
of the Bank is located in Doylestown,  the county seat of Bucks County. The Bank
conducts  business from its main office and two other retail offices  located in
Southampton,  Bucks County and Easton, Northampton County. In addition, the Bank
has a loan origination  office in Yardley,  Bucks County. A fourth branch office
in Lower  Makefield  Township  in Bucks  County is  expected  to open during the
fourth quarter of 1998.

     The Bank's primary market area includes  Doylestown,  Pennsylvania  and the
surrounding  Bucks County and Greater  Delaware Valley  communities,  as well as
Northampton  County and parts of the Lehigh  Valley,  which is serviced from the
Bank's Easton office.  Within this market area,  the banking  business is highly
competitive.  The Bank actively competes with regionally-based commercial banks,
many of which have greater  assets,  capital and lending  limits.  The Bank also
competes with savings banks, savings and loan associations,  money market funds,
mutual funds,  insurance companies,  stock brokerage firms, regulated small loan
companies,  credit  unions and with the  issuers of  commercial  paper and other
securities.  However,  the Bank is  generally  competitive  with  all  financial
institutions in its service area with respect to interest rates paid on time and
savings deposits, service charges on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on
loans,  the convenience of banking  facilities,  location and hours of operation
and relative lending limits.

Lending Activities

     The Bank  offers a variety of loan  products  to its  customers,  including
loans secured by real estate,  commercial and consumer  loans.  It is the Bank's
general policy to grant a majority of its loans in its primary trade area.  This
trade area includes  Doylestown,  Pennsylvania and the surrounding  Bucks County
and Greater Delaware Valley  communities as well as Northampton County and parts
of the Lehigh  Valley.  The Bank's  lending  objectives  are as follows:  (1) to
establish a diversified loan portfolio  composed of commercial  loans,  mortgage
loans,  consumer  loans and all other loan types;  (2) to provide a satisfactory
rate of return to its shareholders by properly pricing loans to include the cost
of  funds,   administrative   costs,  bad  debts,  local  economic   conditions,
competition,  customer  relationships,  the  term  of  the  loan,  credit  risk,
collateral  quality,  and a  reasonable  profit  margin;  and,  (3)  to  provide
protection for its depositors by maintaining a  predetermined  level of loans to
deposits to ensure liquidity. The Bank recognizes that the lending of money is a
community  responsibility  which  involves a degree of credit risk and therefore
manages such risk through portfolio  diversification,  underwriting policies and
procedures, and loan monitoring practices.


<PAGE>

     The Bank makes loans for its  portfolio  to both  commercial  entities  and
individual  consumers.  The  types of  loans  offered  include:  (1)  loans  for
businesses  and  individuals  on a short term or  seasonal  basis;  (2) loans to
individuals for consumer  purchases;  (3) loans secured by marketable stocks and
bonds providing adequate margins for market fluctuations; (4) short term working
capital loans secured by the  assignment of accounts  receivable  and inventory;
(5) automobile  loans;  and (6) second liens on commercial and residential  real
estate.  Loans of these types will be considered  desirable by the Bank provided
such loans meet the test of sound credit.

     The Bank  has  adopted  the  following  loan-to-value  ("LTV")  ratios,  in
accordance with standards adopted by its bank supervisory agencies:

      Loan Category                     Loan-to-Value Limit
      -------------                     -------------------
Commercial                                    70 %
Consumer                                      85 %
Real estate - farmland                        80 %
Real estate - construction                    80 %
Real estate - residential                     90 %
Real estate - multifamily                     75 %
Real estate - commercial                      70 %


     A description of each of the aforementioned loan categories is as follows:

     Commercial Loans

     Commercial  loans are used to finance  the  acquisition  of  machinery  and
equipment  and other  working  capital  needs of local  commercial,  retail  and
professional  firms.  Commercial loans are generally  collateralized by business
assets,  excluding real property.  Commercial loans are generally  guaranteed by
the principals of the borrowing  entity. As of September 30, 1998, $13.2 million
in  commercial  loans were  outstanding,  representing  10.16% of the total loan
portfolio.  Risks  associated  with these loans  include  the  general  level of
economic  activity  in the Bank's  trade  area and its effect on the  borrower's
ability to repay.

     Consumer Loans

     Consumer loans consist generally of automobile loans and personal loans. As
of  September  30,  1998,  $1.1  million in  consumer  loans  were  outstanding,
representing  .81% of the total loan portfolio.  The risks associated with these
loans involve potential decreases in the borrower's income and loss or damage to
collateral, if any.

     Real Estate - Farmland

     To date,  the Bank has made one  loan  that it  classified  as  secured  by
farmland.  This loan was paid off in September  1998. The Bank does not normally
engage in  agricultural  lending making an exception in this instance due to the
financial strength of the borrower.


<PAGE>

     Real Estate - Construction

     Construction  loans are originated to partially fund land  acquisition  and
development and the hard cost of  constructing,  primarily,  single family homes
for owner  occupants in the Bank's market area.  The risks  assocated with these
loans involve cost of completion,  economic conditions in the Bank's trade area,
repayment ability, a potential rise in interest rates and potential decreases in
property  values.  As of September  30, 1998,  construction  loans  totaled $2.0
million or 1.57% of the loan portfolio.

     Real Estate - Residential

     Real estate loans secured by 1-4 family residential  property totaled $23.7
million or 18.19% of total loans  outstanding at September 30, 1998. These loans
include both first and second  mortgages on single family homes. The majority of
the  credits  in  this  category   represent  loans  to  small   businesses  and
professionals  that are secured by personal  residences.  Home equity  loans and
lines  to  retail  customers  represented  approximately  $2.0  million  of this
category.  The risks involved with these types of loans are associated  with the
financial condition of the borrowers and with potential decreases in real estate
values.

     The Bank does not portfolio  conventional  first  mortgages on  residential
property  which are unrelated to the business  activity of the  borrower.  Other
conventional  residential  first  mortgage  loans are  originated  by an outside
company on behalf of the Bank and sold to correspondents.

     Real Estate - Multifamily

     As of September 30, 1998, loans secured by apartments and other multifamily
residential  properties  totaled  $5.2  million  or  4.00%  of  the  total  loan
portfolio.  In assessing these loans,  the Bank considers the condition and cash
flow of the  properties  and the  experience of the owner  operators.  The risks
involved with these types of loans are associated  with the financial  condition
of the borrowers and with potential decreases in real estate values.

     Real Estate - Commercial

     Commercial  mortgages  are  generated  for both owner  occupied  commercial
properties and investment income producing  properties  located primarily in the
Bank's  trade  area and  such  loans  are  secured  by an  array  of  commercial
properties. As of September 30, 1998, $85.1 million in commercial mortgage loans
were  outstanding,  representing  65.27% of the total loan portfolio.  The risks
involved with these types of loans are associated  with the financial  condition
of the borrowers and with potential decreases in real estate values.

     Lending Limit

     The amount of funds that the Bank may lend to a single  borrower is limited
generally  under  Pennsylvania  law  to 15% of  the  aggregate  of its  capital,
surplus,  undivided  profits,  loan loss reserves and capital  securities of the
Bank (all as defined by statute and by regulation). At September 30,


<PAGE>

1998 the Bank's lending limit for most loans was approximately $2.0 million.  In
order to compete for  customer  relationships  with larger  institutions  having
higher regulatory  lending limits,  the Bank has, from time to time,  engaged in
loan participation agreements with other financial institutions in order to make
loans which would  otherwise  be above its lending  limit.  The Bank  expects to
continue to engage in participation relationships as it grows its customer base.

     Loan Approval Process

     The Bank  generates  loans in its primary  trade area  through the business
development  efforts  of its loan  officers,  referrals  from  existing  or past
customers, directors and its network of attorneys and other professionals.  When
applicable, an appraisal of real estate intended to secure the proposed loans is
undertaken by an  independent  fee  appraiser.  In connection  with the approval
process, the Bank's loan officers analyze the borrower's  financial  conditions,
cash flow and  collateral  involved.  Depending  upon the size or type of credit
involved,  the loan analysis is submitted to the loan  committee of the Board of
Directors for approval. Loan applicants are notified of the decision of the Bank
by a letter setting forth the terms and conditions of the decision.

     Loans are the most significant components of earning assets.  Inherent with
the  lending  function  is the  evaluation  and  acceptance  of credit  risk and
interest rate risk along with the opportunity cost of alternative  deployment of
funds.  The Company manages credit risk  associated with its lending  activities
through portfolio  diversification,  underwriting  policies and procedures,  and
loan monitoring  practices.  Commercial lending activity continues to be focused
on small businesses and professionals within the local community.  Approximately
90% of the loan portfolio is  collateralized  at least in part by real estate as
shown by the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         September 30, 1998         % of Total          December 31, 1997            % of Total
                         ------------------         ----------          -----------------            ----------
<S>                          <C>                      <C>                   <C>                       <C>     
Real estate-farmland          $     --                  --                      500,000                 0.46%
Real estate-construction        2,038,921               1.57%                 1,188,288                 1.09%
Real estate-residential        23,715,561              18.19%                22,965,889                21.10%
Real estate-multifamily         5,217,174               4.00%                 1,948,943                 1.79%
Real estate-commercial         85,084,787              65.27%                72,372,260                66.48%
Consumer                        1,060,699               0.81%                   797,671                 0.73%
Commercial                     13,239,115              10.16%                 9,084,458                 8.35%
                            --------------            -------              -------------              --------

Total Loans                  $130,356,257             100.00%               108,857,509               100.00%
Unearned income                   402,350                                       324,835
Allowance for loan losses       1,655,184                                     1,360,148
                           ---------------                                 -------------

Total loans, net             $128,298,723                                   107,172,526
                             ============                                   ===========
</TABLE>


     The Bank's real estate  portfolio,  which is concentrated  primarily within
the greater Lehigh and Delaware  Valleys (Eastern  Pennsylvania),  is subject to
risks associated with the local economy.

<PAGE>
     Concentrations of Credit Risk

     The Bank's loan portfolio  represents  loans  principally made in the Bucks
and  Northampton  County  areas  in  Pennsylvania  which  are  secured  by  both
residential  and  commercial  real  estate.  Accordingly,   the  Bank's  primary
concentration  of credit risk is related to the real estate  market in the Bucks
and Northampton County areas. The ultimate collectibility of this portion of the
Bank's  portfolio  is  susceptible  to changes in local market  conditions,  and
therefore,  dependent upon the local  economic  environment.  In addition,  loan
concentrations  are also  considered  to exist when there are amounts  loaned or
committed  to be loaned to a  multiple  number of  borrowers  engaged in similar
activities which would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be
similarly  impacted by economic or other conditions.  Though the Bank views many
of its loans as made to individuals or, secured by residential real estate,  the
Bank's  loan  portfolio  contains  many  borrowers  who are  employed in various
professions such as, the medical, dental, legal and real estate professions.

     At September 30, 1998, the Company's  investment  portfolio  included $38.9
million of corporate bonds. These bonds are comprised of fixed and floating rate
securities issued by other U.S. banking companies.  The ultimate  collectibility
of these bonds depends on the continued success of these financial institutions.
The Company evaluates the credit-worthiness of each issuer prior to investing in
such  securities.  These  financial  institutions  include  some of the  largest
banking companies in the country, as well as smaller regional and super regional
institutions.  These companies are influenced by the general economic conditions
in the United States in particular,  and may also be subject to a greater extent
than the Company itself, to international economic events and conditions.

     Employees

     As of  November  1,  1998,  the Bank  has  approximately  forty-eight  (48)
full-time equivalent employees and a total of fifty-six (56) employees.

Supervision and Regulation - The Bank

     The Bank is subject  to  supervision,  regulation  and  examination  by the
Pennsylvania  Department of Banking,  the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board. In
addition, the Bank is subject to a variety of local, state and federal laws that
affect its operation.

     The laws of  Pennsylvania  applicable  to the  Bank  include,  among  other
things, provisions that: (1) require the maintenance of certain reserves against
deposits;  (2)  limit  the type  and  amount  of loans  that may be made and the
interest  that may be  charged  thereon;  (3)  restrict  investments  and  other
activities; and (4) limit the payment of dividends. The amount of funds that the
Bank may lend to a single borrower is limited  generally under  Pennsylvania law
to fifteen  percent  (15%) of the aggregate of its capital,  surplus,  undivided
profits,  loan loss reserves and capital  securities of the Bank (all as defined
by statute and by regulation).

<PAGE>

     Applicable  Pennsylvania  law also requires that a bank obtain the approval
of the  Department  of Banking prior to effecting any merger where the surviving
bank  would be a  Pennsylvania-chartered  bank.  In  reviewing  any such  merger
application,  the Department of Banking considers,  among other things,  whether
the merger would be consistent with adequate and sound banking  practices and in
the public  interest on the basis of several  factors,  including  the potential
effect of the merger on competition  and the  convenience  and needs of the area
primarily to be served by the bank resulting from the merger.

     Federal law also prohibits  acquisitions of control of a bank without prior
notice to certain federal bank regulators. "Control" is defined for this purpose
as the power, directly or indirectly,  to direct the management or policies of a
bank or to vote  twenty-five  percent  (25%)  or more  of any  class  of  voting
securities of a bank.

     As a  subsidiary  bank of a bank  holding  company,  the Bank is subject to
certain  restrictions  imposed by the Federal  Reserve Act on any  extensions of
credit to the bank holding  company or its  subsidiaries,  on investments in the
stock or other securities of the bank holding company or its  subsidiaries,  and
on taking such stock or securities as collateral for loans.  The Federal Reserve
Act and Federal  Reserve Board  regulations  also place certain  limitations and
reporting  requirements  on  extensions  of  credit  by the  Bank  to  principal
shareholders  of its  parent  holding  company,  among  others,  and to  related
interests of such principal  shareholders.  In addition,  such  legislation  and
regulations  may affect the terms  upon  which any person  becoming a  principal
shareholder  of a holding  company  may obtain  credit from banks with which the
subsidiary bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

     Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act

     Since September of 1995, the Riegle-Neal  Interstate  Banking and Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994 (the  "Interstate  Banking and Branch Act") has permitted
interstate banking. Bank holding companies, pursuant to an amendment to the Bank
Holding  Company Act,  can acquire a bank  located in any state,  as long as the
acquisition  does not result in the bank holding company  controlling  more than
10% of the deposits in the United  States,  or 30% of the deposits in the target
bank's  state.  The law  permits  states to waive the  concentration  limits and
require that the target  institution be in existence for up to five years before
it can be acquired by an out-of-state  bank or bank holding company.  Interstate
branching  and merging of existing  banks has been  permitted  since 1997 if the
bank is adequately capitalized and demonstrates good management.  The Interstate
Banking  and Branch Act also  amends the  International  Banking  Act to allow a
foreign bank to establish  and operate a federal  branch or agency upon approval
of the appropriate federal and state banking regulator. A national bank can move
across state lines as long as the relocation  does not exceed thirty miles,  and
also retain as branches the offices located in the original state.

     Federal Deposit Insurance Act

     Under the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act  ("FDIA"),  the FRB possesses the
power to prohibit institutions  regulated by it (such as the Bank) from engaging
in any activity  that would be an unsafe and unsound  banking  practice or would
otherwise be in violation of the law. Moreover, the


<PAGE>


Financial Institutions Regulatory and Interest Rate Control Act of 1978 ("FIRA")
generally expanded the circumstances under which officers or directors of a bank
may be  removed  by the  institution's  federal  supervisory  agency,  restricts
lending by a bank to its executive officers,  directors,  principal shareholders
or related interests thereof and restricts  management  personnel of a bank from
serving as directors or in other  management  positions with certain  depository
institutions  whose  assets  exceed a  specified  amount or which have an office
within a specified  geographic  area,  and restricts  management  personnel from
borrowing from another  institution that has a correspondent  relationship  with
their bank. Additionally,  FIRA requires that no person may acquire control of a
bank unless the appropriate federal supervisory agency has been given sixty (60)
days  prior  written  notice  and  within  that  time  has not  disapproved  the
acquisition  or  otherwise  extended  the period for  disapproval.  Control  for
purposes  of FIRA,  means the  power,  directly  or  indirectly,  to direct  the
management or policies or to vote twenty-five percent (25%) or more of any class
of  outstanding  stock of a  financial  institution  or its  respective  holding
company. A person or group holding revocable proxies to vote twenty-five percent
(25%) or more of the outstanding common stock of a financial institution or bank
holding company, such as the Company,  would presumably be deemed to control the
institution for purposes of FIRA.

     Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act

     The Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery and  Enforcement Act of 1989
("FIRREA")  was  enacted in August of 1989.  This law was enacted  primarily  to
improve  the  supervision  of savings  associations  by  strengthening  capital,
accounting and other supervisory standards. In addition,  FIRREA reorganized the
FDIC by creating two deposit insurance funds to be administered by the FDIC: the
Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund and the Bank  Insurance  Fund.  Customers'
deposits held by the Bank are insured under the Bank Insurance Fund. FIRREA also
regulates real estate appraisal standards and the supervisory/enforcement powers
and penalty provisions in connection with the regulation of the Bank.

     Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act

     The  Garn-St.  Germain  Depository  Institutions  Act  of  1982  ("Garn-St.
Germain")   removed  certain   restrictions  on  a  bank's  lending  powers  and
liberalized its depository capabilities. Garn-St. Germain also amended FIRA (see
above) by eliminating the statutory limits on lending by a bank to its executive
officers, directors,  principal shareholders or related interests thereof and by
relaxing  certain  reporting  requirements.   Garn-St.  Germain,  however,  also
tightened FIRA provisions  respecting  management  interlocks and  correspondent
bank relationships involving a bank's management personnel.

     Community Reinvestment Act

     Under the Community  Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended ("CRA"),  the FRB
is required to assess the record of all financial  institutions  regulated by it
to determine if these institutions are meeting the credit needs of the community
(including low and moderate income  neighborhoods)  which they serve and to take
this record into account in its  evaluation  of any  application  made by any of
such institutions for, among other things, approval of a branch or other deposit
facility, office


<PAGE>


relocation,   a  merger  or  an  acquisition  of  bank  shares.   The  Financial
Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") amended the
CRA to require,  among other things,  that the FRB make  publicly  available the
evaluation  of a bank's  record  of  meeting  the  credit  needs  of its  entire
community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. This evaluation will
include a descriptive rating ("outstanding",  "satisfactory", "needs to improve"
or  "substantial  noncompliance")  and a statement  describing the basis for the
rating. These ratings are publicly disclosed.

     In April,  1995,  regulations  revised CRA with an emphasis on  performance
over process and  documentation.  Under the revised rules, the five-point rating
scale is still utilized;  however,  the twelve (12) assessment factors have been
replaced  with a  three-prong  test.  A bank's  compliance  is  determined  by a
three-prong  test  whereby  examiners  assign  a  numerical  score  for a bank's
performance in each of three (3) areas:  lending,  service and  investment.  The
area of lending is weighted to increase its importance in the application of the
test. The rule became effective July 1, 1995.

     Under the new  regulation,  banks  will  enjoy a  reduction  in  compliance
burden. Specifically,  banks are not required to keep extensive documentation to
prove that directors have participated in drafting and review of CRA policies. A
formal CRA  statement  does not have to be prepared.  The efforts  banks make to
market in low and moderate income communities do not have to be documented,  nor
will banks  have to justify  the basis for their  community  delineation  or the
methods utilized to determine the credit needs of the community.

     Bank Secrecy Act

     Under the Bank Secrecy Act ("BSA"),  banks and other financial institutions
are required to report to the Internal Revenue Service currency  transactions of
more than $10,000 or multiple transactions of which the Bank is aware in any one
day that  aggregate  in excess of  $10,000.  Civil and  criminal  penalties  are
provided  under the BSA for  failure to file a required  report,  for failure to
supply  information  required  by the BSA or for  filing a false  or  fraudulent
report.

     Competitive Equality Banking Act

     An omnibus federal banking bill, known as the Competitive  Equality Banking
Act ("CEBA"), was signed into law in August of 1987. Included in the legislation
were measures:  (1) imposing certain  restrictions on transactions between banks
and their  affiliates;  (2)  expanding  the powers  available  to  federal  bank
regulators  in assisting  failed and failing  banks;  (3) limiting the amount of
time banks may hold certain  deposits  prior to making such funds  available for
withdrawal and any interest thereon;  and (4) requiring that any adjustable rate
mortgage  loan  secured by a lien on a  one-to-four  family  dwelling  include a
limitation  on the maximum rate at which  interest  may accrue on the  principal
balance  during  the term of such  loan.  The Bank  does not  believe  that this
legislation will have a material adverse effect on its anticipated operations or
its competitive position.

<PAGE>

     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act
       Capital Categories

     In December of 1991 the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  Improvement
Act  of  1991  ("FDICIA")  became  law.  Under  FDICIA,   institutions  must  be
classified,  based on their  risk-based  capital ratios into one of five defined
categories,  as illustrated  below (well  capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,
undercapitalized,      significantly     undercapitalized     and     critically
undercapitalized).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      Total Risk-     Tier 1 Risk-    Tier 1          Capital Under
                                      Based           Based           Leverage        an Order or
                                      Ratio           Ratio           Ratio           Directive
                                      ----------      ------------    --------       --------------   
<S>                                  <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>       
CAPITAL CATEGORY
Well capitalized                      >10.0           >6.0            >5.0            No
                                      -               -               -
Adequately capitalized                > 8.0           >4.0            >4.0*
                                      -               -               -
Undercapitalized                      < 8.0           <4.0            <4.0*
Significantly undercapitalized        < 6.0           <3.0            <3.0
Critically undercapitalized                                           <2.0
                                                                      -
*3.0 for those banks having the highest available regulatory rating.

</TABLE>

     Prompt Corrective Action

     In the event an institution's  capital deteriorates to the undercapitalized
category  or  below,  FDICIA  prescribes  an  increasing  amount  of  regulatory
intervention, including: (1) the institution of a capital restoration plan and a
guarantee of the plan by a parent  institution;  and (2) the placement of a hold
on increases in assets,  number of branches or lines of business. If capital has
reached  the  significantly  or  critically   undercapitalized  levels,  further
material restrictions can be imposed, including restrictions on interest payable
on  accounts,  dismissal  of  management  and  (in  critically  undercapitalized
situations) appointment of a receiver. For well capitalized institutions, FDICIA
provides  authority for regulatory  intervention where the institution is deemed
to be  engaging  in  unsafe  or  unsound  practices  or  receives  a  less  than
satisfactory examination report rating for asset quality,  management,  earnings
or  liquidity.  All  but  well  capitalized  institutions  are  prohibited  from
accepting brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval.

     Operational Controls

     Under FDICIA,  financial  institutions are subject to increased  regulatory
scrutiny and must comply with certain  operational,  managerial and compensation
standards to be  developed by Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations.  FDICIA also
requires  the  regulators  to  issue  new  rules  establishing  certain  minimum
standards to which an institution  must adhere including  standards  requiring a
minimum ratio of classified  assets to capital,  minimum  earnings  necessary to
absorb  losses and minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly held
institutions.  Additional  regulations are required to be developed  relating to
internal  controls,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate
exposure, asset growth and excessive compensation, fees and benefits.


<PAGE>

     Real Estate Loans

     FDICIA  also  requires  that  banking  agencies  reintroduce  loan-to-value
("LTV") ratio  regulations which were previously  repealed by Garn-St.  Germain.
LTV's  will  limit the  amount of money a  financial  institution  may lend to a
borrower,  when the loan is secured by real estate, to no more than a percentage
to be set by regulation of the value of the real estate.

     Truth-In-Savings

     A separate  subtitle  within  FDICIA,  called the "Bank  Enterprise  Act of
1991", requires "truthin-savings" on consumer deposit accounts so that consumers
can make  meaningful  comparisons  between  the  competing  claims of banks with
regard to deposit  accounts  and  products.  Under this  provision,  the Bank is
required to provide  information  to  depositors  concerning  the terms of their
deposit  accounts,  and in particular,  to disclose the annual percentage yield.
There are some operational costs of complying with the Truth-In-Savings law.

     Management  believes that full implementation of FDICIA has had no material
impact on liquidity, capital resources or reported results of operation.

     Economic Development,  Agency, Fiduciary and Lender Environmental Liability
Protection Act

     In 1995, the Pennsylvania General Assembly enacted the Economic Development
Agency, Fiduciary and Lender Environmental Liability Protection Act which, among
other things,  provides  protection to lenders from environmental  liability and
remediation  costs under the  environmental  laws for releases and contamination
caused by others.  A lender who  engages in  activities  involved in the routine
practices of commercial lending, including, but not limited to, the providing of
financial   services,   holding  of  security   interests,   workout  practices,
foreclosure  or the  recovery  of funds from the sale of  property  shall not be
liable  under  the   environmental   acts  or  common  law  equivalents  to  the
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Environmental  Resources or to any other person by
virtue of the fact that the lender engages in such commercial  lending practice.
A lender,  however,  will be liable if it its employees or agents directly cause
an immediate release or directly  exacerbate a release of regulated substance on
or from the  property,  or knowingly  and  willfully  compelled  the borrower to
commit an action which caused such release or violation of an environmental act.
The Economic Development Agency,  Fiduciary and Lender  Environmental  Liability
Protection  Act,  however,  does not limit federal  liability which still exists
under certain circumstances.

     From time to time, various types of federal and state legislation have been
proposed that could result in additional regulation of, and restrictions on, the
business of the Bank. It cannot be predicted  whether any such  legislation will
be adopted or how such  legislation  would affect the business of the Bank. As a
consequence of the extensive  regulation of commercial banking activities in the
United States, the Bank's business is particularly susceptible to being affected
by federal and state  legislation and regulations that may increase the costs of
doing business.

<PAGE>

                             DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     The  Bank  leases  its  main  office  located  at 379  North  Main  Street,
Doylestown,  Pennsylvania  and two  additional  branch  offices  located at 2201
Northampton Street, (Wilson Borough) Easton,  Pennsylvania (the "Easton Branch")
and 516  Second  Street  Pike,  Southampton,  Bucks  County,  Pennsylvania  (the
"Southampton  Branch").  The Bank's  main  office in  Doylestown  is a two-story
building   consisting  of  approximately  5,000  square  feet.  The  Easton  and
Southampton   branches  occupy   approximately  2,800  and  3,060  square  feet,
respectively.  In  addition,  the Bank leases a 674 square foot loan  production
center in Yardley,  Bucks County,  Pennsylvania and 3,060 square foot operations
center in Southampton,  Pennsylvania.  Beginning in December 1998, the Bank will
lease a loan  production  office  in  Southampton,  Pennsylvania  consisting  of
approximately 1,000 square feet.

     Rental expense on operating leases amounted to  approximately  $180,797 and
$143,175  for the years  ended  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  All
leases  have  options  for  renewal.  Required  minimum  annual  rentals  due on
non-cancelable  leases  expiring  after  one year  approximate  $238,680  in the
aggregate at December 31, 1997.  Future  minimum  annual rental  payments due on
non-cancelable  leases for each of the years 1998 through 2002 are approximately
$184,601, $77,670, $76,170, $59,670 and $59,670, respectively.

     The Bank  leases its  Doylestown  and  Easton  offices  from a  partnership
consisting  of  several  of the  Company's  directors.  These  leases  expire in
December  1998 but allow the Bank the right of first  refusal to purchase  these
premises.  The Bank intends to exercise its purchase option on these  properties
at a combined price in the range of $1,200,000 to $1,300,000.

     The Bank is  currently  in the  process of  constructing  its  fourth  full
service location in Lower Makefield Township,  Pennsylvania. This site will be a
two story structure comprising approximately 5,000 square feet. This location is
owned by the Bank and is expected to open during the fourth quarter of 1998. The
Bank  will  close  its  Yardley  loan  origination  office  as soon as  possible
following the opening of this facility. Total capital expenditures for the Lower
Makefield  branch are  expected  to be  $1,200,000.  The parcel of land for this
branch office was purchased in September 1997 for approximately  $250,000 and as
of September 30, 1998  approximately  $250,000 of improvements have been made to
the site.  An  additional  $700,000  will be expended for the  completion of the
Lower Makefield (Yardley) branch.
    
     Management considers that its facilities are adequate for its business.


<PAGE>

                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
                         AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

     The  Common  Stock  is  the  Company's  only  class  of  stock  issued  and
outstanding.  The common stock is not  actively  traded.  There were  30,000,000
shares of common stock  authorized at both December 31, 1997 and 1996. The total
number of shares  outstanding  at December 31, 1997 and 1996 was  2,630,340  and
2,604,303,  respectively.  The number of shares  outstanding as of September 30,
1998 was  2,630,340.  The Common  Stock  issued and  outstanding  is traded on a
limited basis in the local over-the-counter  market,  primarily in the Company's
immediate  geographic  area.  The table below reports the highest and lowest bid
information  per share of the Common  Stock known to  Management  which has been
restated for all periods to reflect a  threefor-one  stock split on December 31,
1997 at which time the par value was changed from $1.00 to $.33 per share.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          1998                       1997                      1996
Quarter             High          Low         High           Low          High          Low
- -------             ----          ---         ----           ---          ----          ---
<S>                <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>       <C>          
First               9.00         9.00         5.33          5.00           4.25      3.33
Second             11.00        10.00         5.50          5.50           4.58      4.58
Third              11.00         9.00         5.67          5.67           5.00      5.00
Fourth             11.00        11.00         6.00          6.00           5.00      4.67

</TABLE>


Shareholders

     As of November 1, 1998, the Company has 466 shareholders of record.

Dividends

     The Company maintains a philosophy of retaining earnings to fund the Bank's
growth.  Therefore,  the Company has never paid a cash dividend and has no plans
to do so for the foreseeable  future. Any decision to pay a cash dividend in the
future must necessarily depend upon earnings,  financial condition,  appropriate
legal restrictions and other factors relevant at the time the Board of Directors
of  the  Company  considers   dividend  policy.   Cash  available  for  dividend
distribution  to  shareholders of the Company must initially come from dividends
paid by the Bank to the  Company.  Therefore,  the  restrictions  on the  Bank's
dividend payments are directly applicable to the Company.

     Under  the  Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law of  1988,  as  amended
("BCL"), the Company may not pay a dividend if, after giving effect thereto: (1)
the  Company  would be  unable to pay its  debts as they  become  due or (2) the
Holding  Company's total assets would be less than its total liabilities plus an
amount needed to satisfy any preferential  rights of shareholders.  Total assets
and  liabilities  shall be determined by the Board of Directors,  which may base
its  determination on such factors as it considers  relevant,  including without
limitation: (i) the book value of the assets and


<PAGE>

liabilities  of the Company,  as  reflected  on its books and records;  and (ii)
unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the assets of the Company.


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following is  management's  discussion and analysis of the  significant
changes in the results of operations,  capital resources and liquidity presented
in the accompanying  consolidated financial statements for Premier Bancorp, Inc.
and its wholly  owned  subsidiaries:  Premier  Bank and PBI Capital  Trust.  The
results of operations and financial  condition discussed herein are presented on
a consolidated basis and the consolidated  entity is referred to herein as "PBI"
or the "Company".  The Company's consolidated financial condition and results of
operations consist almost entirely of the Bank's financial condition and results
of  operations.  Such  financial  condition  and results of  operations  are not
intended to be indicative of future performance.  This discussion should be read
in  conjunction  with the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and related notes
beginning on page F-1 of this Propsectus.

     Certain   statements   in   this   document   may  be   considered   to  be
"forward-looking  statements"  as  that  term is  defined  in the  U.S.  Private
Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995,  such as statements that include the
words  "may",  "believes",   "expect",  "estimate",   "project",   "anticipate",
"should",  "intend",  "probability",  "risk", "target",  "objective" and similar
expressions or variations on such expressions.  The  forward-looking  statements
contained herein are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from those projected in the  forward-looking
statements.  For  example,  risks and  uncertainties  can arise with changes in:
general  economic  conditions,  including their impact on capital  expenditures;
business   conditions  in  the  financial  services  industry;   the  regulatory
environment,  including  evolving banking industry  standards;  rapidly changing
technology  and  competition  with  community,  regional and national  financial
institutions;  new  service  and  product  offerings  by  competitors  and price
pressures;  the  inability  of the Company to  accurately  estimate  the cost of
systems  preparation for Year 2000  compliance;  and similar items.  Readers are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which
reflect management's analysis only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes
no obligation to publicly revise or update these  forward-looking  statements to
reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date hereof. Readers should
carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the Company files
from time to time with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  including the
Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended  December  31, 1997,
Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-QSB filed by the Company in 1998,  and any Current
Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Company.  Information for the interim period is
not necessarily indicative of results that will occur for the remainder of 1998.

General

     Premier   Bancorp,   Inc.  (the  "Company")  is  a  Pennsylvania   business
corporation  and registered bank holding  company  headquartered  in Doylestown,
Bucks County,  Pennsylvania.  The Company was  incorporated on July 15, 1997 and
reorganized on November 17, 1997 at the direction of the


<PAGE>

Board of Directors of Premier Bank as a one-bank holding company of Premier Bank
(the "Bank").  Currently the primary business of the Company is the operation of
its wholly-owned subsidiary, Premier Bank.

     Premier Bank is a Pennsylvania  chartered commercial bank and member of the
Federal  Reserve Bank of  Philadelphia.  The Bank's  deposits are insured by the
Bank Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation to the fullest
extent provided by law. The Bank was organized in 1990 and started operations on
April 24, 1992.  The Bank's  principal  business has been,  and continues to be,
gathering  deposits from customers  within its market area, and investing  those
deposits, primarily in loans,  mortgage-backed securities,  corporate bonds, and
obligations of U.S. government agencies and government  sponsored entities.  The
Bank's revenues are derived principally from interest on its loan and securities
portfolios.  The Bank's  primary  sources of funds  are:  deposits,  repayments,
prepayments and maturities of loans,  repayments,  prepayments and maturities of
mortgage-backed and investment securities and borrowed funds. The Bank currently
has three full service  Pennsylvania  banking offices:  Doylestown,  Easton, and
Southampton.   The  Bank  also  has  a  loan   production   office  in  Yardley,
Pennsylvania.  The Bank  faces  significant  competition  from  other  financial
services companies,  many of which are larger  organizations with more resources
and locations than the Bank.

Management Strategy

     The Bank's primary strategy for 1998 and beyond is to increase its loan and
deposit  market  shares in the  communities  it serves  and to expand its branch
network to new markets as deemed appropriate.  The Bank plans to open its fourth
branch location in Lower Makefield  Township,  Bucks County,  Pennsylvania  (the
"Yardley branch") by year end 1998.

     The Bank also attempts to maximize its earnings, given its current level of
capital, by borrowing funds and purchasing  investment  securities (See "Capital
Leverage Strategy").  Management uses appropriate  portfolio and asset/liability
management  techniques to manage the effects of interest rate  volatility on the
Bank's  profitability  and capital and to maintain  asset  quality for loans and
investments.

Growth Trend

     Total  assets  have  grown in excess of 30% in each of the past five  years
from  $38,336,413  at December 31, 1993 to  $232,557,374  at September 30, 1998.
During this same  period,  total  deposits and total loans grew in excess of 20%
each year.  Total  loans have grown from  $26,982,780  at  December  31, 1993 to
$130,356,257 at September 30, 1998. The Company's lending strategy  continues to
be focused on  providing  personal  attention  and  credit  solutions  for small
businesses  and  professionals.  New loan  officers have been and continue to be
hired to grow the loan portfolio.  Total deposits have grown from $33,103,423 at
December 31, 1993 to $174,405,400 at September 30, 1998. To date,  deposits have
grown as a result of aggressive pricing, direct marketing and branch


<PAGE>

expansion.  The  Southampton  branch  was  opened in  February  1997 with  total
deposits  exceeding  $23 million at September  30, 1998.  By year end 1998,  the
Company  expects to open its  fourth  branch  (the  "Yardley  branch")  in Lower
Makefield Township,  Bucks County,  Pennsylvania.  To support the Company's past
and future plans for growth,  new  operations  personnel  and improved  computer
systems have also been added throughout the years.

     The discussion  that follows  compares the financial  results for the three
and nine months ended September 30, 1998 to the same periods in 1997. The change
in  financial  results over the past year are  described  mostly in terms of the
overall growth of the Company as discussed above.

     As of and for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 1998 and
1997.

Results of  Operations

     For the three months ended  September  30, 1998,  the Company  reported net
income of  $419,489 or $.14  diluted  earnings  per share.  This  represents  an
increase of $60,493 or 16.9% from the  $358,996  or $.13  diluted  earnings  per
share  reported for the same period in 1997.  Return on average  assets was .76%
and .79% for the three months ended  September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.
Return on average  equity was  14.75%  and  14.87%  for the three  months  ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  Net interest income and non-interest
expenses  for the three  months  ended  September  30, 1998 were higher than the
comparable period in 1997 and reflect the overall growth of the institution. The
provision for loan losses was $120,000 in 1998 in  comparison  with $105,000 for
1997.  Non-interest  income  totaled  $126,538,  an increase of $70,066 from the
$56,472 earned in 1997. The increase in non-interest  income is primarily due to
higher  gains  on  the  sale  of  investment   securities  available  for  sale.
Non-interest  expense amounted to $1,365,743 for 1998, a $407,068  increase over
the $958,675 reported in 1997.  Salaries and benefits increased $114,740 in 1998
in conjunction  with the overall growth of the  institution.  The number of full
time  equivalent  employees has increased from 40 at September 30, 1997 to 47 at
September 30, 1998. In addition, non-interest expense for the three months ended
September   30,1998  includes  $123,432  in  minority  interest  in  expense  of
subsidiaries  related to the  Capital  Securities  issued on August 11, 1998 and
$77,460 in write-downs on real estate owned.

     For the nine months  ended  September  30, 1998,  the Company  reported net
income of  $1,180,569  or $.40 diluted  earnings per share.  This  represents an
increase of $234,632 or 24.8% from the  $945,937 or $.35  diluted  earnings  per
share  reported for the same period in 1997.  Return on average  assets was .77%
and .76% for the nine months ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.
Return on  average  equity was  14.53%  and  13.75%  for the nine  months  ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Net interest  income,  non-interest
income and  non-interest  expenses for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998
were higher than the comparable period in 1997 and reflect the overall growth of
the  institution.  The  provision  for  loan  losses  was  $355,000  in  1998 in
comparison  with $280,000 for 1997.  Non-interest  income totaled  $233,102,  an
increase of $99,357 from the $133,745 earned in 1997. Service charges,  gains on
the sale of  investment  securities  available for sale and gains on the sale of
loans held for sale  increased  $23,849,  $48,400 and $27,108,  respectively  in
1998.  Non-interest expense amounted to $3,473,582 for 1998, a $707,947 increase
over the $2,765,635  reported in 1997.  Salaries and benefits increased $347,547
in  1998  due to the  hiring  of new  lending  and  operations  personnel.  Data
processing  costs were $45,518  higher in 1998 due to an increase in the deposit
transactions and improved computer


<PAGE>

systems.  Other  expenses  were $156,095  higher in 1998 and include  $77,460 in
write-downs  on real estate  owned and $38,514 in printing  and filing costs for
new shareholder/regulatory  reporting. In addition, non-interest expense for the
nine months ended September  30,1998 includes  $123,432 in minority  interest in
expense of subsidiaries  related to the Capital  Securities issued on August 11,
1998.

     The  following  table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  certain key
balance sheet amounts and their corresponding earnings/expenses and rates (which
have been annualized).
<TABLE>


                   AVERAGE BALANCES, RATES AND INTEREST INCOME
                               AND EXPENSE SUMMARY
<CAPTION>

For the three months ended September 30,                   1998                               1997
- ----------------------------------------                   ----                               ----
                                            Average                Average     Average                 Average
                                            Balance      Interest    Rate      Balance      Interest     Rate
                                       ------------     --------  -------     -------      --------   -------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>          <C>     <C>              <C>       <C>                   
Assets
 Interest-bearing deposits              $    215,513       2,549     4.69%   $    279,799       3,191    4.52%
 Federal funds sold                        2,246,957      33,550     5.92%      1,635,967      22,809    5.53%
 Investment securities available for sale
   Taxable                                63,804,182   1,077,370     6.70%     54,898,914     906,908    6.55%
   Tax-exempt (1)                         10,777,289     139,553     5.14%      4,222,052      58,663    5.51%
 Investment securities held to maturity
   (taxable)                              10,587,228     177,213     6.64%     13,693,251     231,301    6.70%
                                          ----------     -------     ----     -----------     -------    ----

  Total investment securities             85,168,699   1,394,136     6.49%     72,814,217   1,196,872    6.52%
 Loans, net of unearned income (2)(3)    125,793,770   2,850,854     8.99%     98,947,292   2,296,748    9.21%
                                         -----------   ---------     ----     -----------   ---------    ----

 Total earning assets                    213,424,939   4,281,089     7.96%    173,677,275   3,519,620    8.04%
 Cash and due from banks                   3,326,896                            2,888,721
 Allowance for loan losses               (1,602,181)                           (1,189,274)
 Other assets                              4,547,290                            4,449,705
                                       -------------                        -------------
Total assets                            $219,696,944                         $179,826,427
                                        ============                         ============

Liabilities, minority interest in
  subsidiaries and shareholders' equity
 Interest checking                      $ 13,110,597      86,439     2.62%   $  9,379,573      60,350    2.55%
 Money market deposit accounts             1,775,661      11,483     2.57%      1,763,664      11,380    2.56%
 Savings accounts                         52,249,804     508,737     3.86%     41,836,812     410,468    3.89%
 Time deposits                            92,363,018   1,343,861     5.77%     76,366,480   1,102,590    5.73%
                                          ----------   ---------     ----      ----------   ---------    ----

 Total interest-bearing deposits         159,499,080   1,950,520     4.85%    129,346,529   1,584,788    4.86%
 Short-term borrowings                     8,500,323     116,828     5.45%     26,267,536     373,052    5.63%
 Long-term borrowings                     15,000,000     205,338     5.43%        326,087       4,542    5.53%
 Total borrowings                         23,500,323     322,166     5.44%     26,593,623     377,594    5.63%
 Subordinated debt                         1,500,000      29,709     7.86%      1,500,000      31,039    8.21%
                                           ---------      ------     ----       ---------      ------    ----

 Total interest-bearing liabilities      184,499,403   2,302,395     4.95%    157,440,152   1,993,421    5.02%
 Non interest bearing-deposits            14,610,542                            9,949,797
 Capital securities                        5,543,478                                   --
 Other liabilities                         3,759,391                            2,861,382
 Shareholders' equity                     11,284,130                            9,575,096
Total liabilities, minority interest in
 subsidiaries and shareholders' equity  $219,696,944                         $179,826,427
                                        ============                         ============

Net interest income/rate spread                        1,978,694     3.01%                  1,526,199    3.02%
                                                       =========     ====                   =========    ====

 Net interest margin                                                 3.68%                               3.49%
 Average interest-earning assets as a percentage
   of average interest-bearing liabilities               115.68%                              110.31%
- -------------------
<FN>

(1)  Interest income on tax-exempt  investment securities has not been presented
     on a tax equivalent basis.

(2)  Includes nonaccrual loans of $283,280 and $502,701 on average for the three
     months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

(3)  Includes  tax-exempt  loans of $1,325,043 and $1,442,378 on average for the
     three months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  These loans
     have not been presented on a tax equivalent basis.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     The  following  table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  certain key
average  balance sheet  amounts and their  corresponding  earnings/expenses  and
rates (which have been annualized).

<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                   AVERAGE BALANCES, RATES AND INTEREST INCOME
                               AND EXPENSE SUMMARY
<CAPTION>

For the nine months ended September 30,                    1998                               1997
- ---------------------------------------                    ----                               ----
                                            Average                Average     Average                 Average
                                            Balance      Interest    Rate      Balance      Interest     Rate
                                            -------      -------   -------     -------      --------   -------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>       <C>      
Assets
 Interest-bearing deposits             $     294,760       8,762     3.97%        274,116       9,602    4.68%
Federal funds sold                         3,313,645     137,220     5.54%      1,306,022      53,625    5.49%
Investment securities available for sale
 Taxable                                  54,858,957   2,731,612     6.66%     53,304,187   2,678,048    6.72%
 Tax-exempt (1)                           10,039,402     391,920     5.22%      4,444,841     185,961    5.59%
Investment securities held to maturity
  (taxable)                               12,509,533     628,561     6.72%      9,978,397     528,024    7.07%
                                          ----------     -------     ----       ---------     -------    ----

 Total investment securities              77,407,892   3,752,093     6.48%     67,727,425   3,392,033    6.70%
Loans, net of unearned income (2)(3)     117,936,290   8,022,003     9.09%     91,764,146   6,308,320    9.19%
                                         -----------   ---------     ----      ----------   ---------    ----

Total earning assets                     198,952,587  11,920,078     8.01%    161,071,709   9,763,580    8.10%
Cash and due from banks                    3,332,355                            2,646,588
Allowance for loan losses                (1,498,162)                          (1,091,428)
Other assets                               4,832,077                            4,109,754
                                           ---------                            ---------

Total assets                           $ 205,618,857                          166,736,623
                                       =============                          ===========

Liabilities, minority interest in
  subsidiaries and shareholders' equity
  Interest checking                    $  12,362,205     240,120     2.60%      8,415,883     159,053    2.53%
  Money market deposit accounts            1,746,337      33,360     2.55%      1,445,284      27,294    2.52%
  Savings accounts                        49,260,177   1,425,432     3.87%     41,528,731   1,221,459    3.93%
  Time deposits                           87,632,858   3,791,504     5.78%     67,745,583   2,886,947    5.70%
                                          ----------   ---------     ----      ----------   ---------    ----

  Total interest-bearing deposits        151,001,577   5,490,416     4.86%    119,135,481   4,294,753    4.82%
  Short-term borrowings                    9,408,382     381,373     5.42%     25,377,674   1,077,680    5.68%
  Long-term borrowings                    15,000,000     608,497     5.42%        109,890       4,542    5.53%
  Total borrowings                        24,408,382     989,870     5.42%     25,487,564   1,082,222    5.68%
  Subordinated debt                        1,500,000      88,243     7.87%      1,456,044      88,778    8.15%
                                           ---------      ------     ----       ---------      ------    ----

  Total interest-bearing liabilities     176,909,959   6,568,529     4.96%    146,079,089   5,465,753    5.00%
  Non interest-bearing deposits           12,788,689                            8,993,193
  Capital securities                       1,868,132                                   --
  Other liabilities                        3,191,366                            2,464,381
  Shareholders' equity                    10,860,711                            9,199,960
                                          ----------                            ---------

Total liabilities, minority interest in
  subsidiaries and shareholders' equity $205,618,857                          166,736,623
                                        ============                          ===========

Net interest income/rate spread                        5,351,549     3.05%                  4,297,827    3.10%
                                                       =========     ====                   =========    ====
Net interest margin                                                  3.60%                               3.57%
Average interest-earning assets as a
percentage of average interest-bearing
liabilities                                  112.46%                              110.26%
- --------------------

<FN>

(1)  Interest income on tax-exempt  investment securities has not been presented
     on a tax-equivalent basis.

(2)  Includes non-accrual loans of $249,042 and $517,294 on average for the nine
     months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

(3)  Includes  tax-exempt  loans of $1,356,353 and $1,471,761 on average for the
     nine months ended  September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  These loans
     have not been presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Net Interest Income

     Historically,  the  Company's  earnings have  depended  primarily  upon the
Bank's net interest income,  which is the difference  between interest earned on
interest-earning  assets  and  interest  paid on  interest-bearing  liabilities.
Interest  rates  received  and paid on loans and  deposit  products  are heavily
influenced by the overall interest rate environment and by competition. Interest
rates have generally moved lower during 1998.

     The net  interest  rate  spread is the  difference  between  average  rates
received on  interest-earning  assets and average rates paid on interest-bearing
liabilities.  Net  interest  margin is net  interest  income  divided by average
interest-earning assets.

     For the three months ended  September  30,  1998,  net interest  income was
$452,495  higher than the same period in 1997.  This  increase  was  primarily a
function of asset growth. The net interest margin was 3.68% for the three months
ended September 30, 1998 as compared to 3.49% for the same period in 1997. While
the net interest spread was relatively  unchanged  during the three months ended
September 30, 1998 as compared to 1997,  the increase in net interest  margin is
attributed to the higher ratio of  interest-earning  assets to  interest-bearing
liabilities.  For the  three  months  ended  September  30,  1998  the  ratio of
interest-earning assets to interest-bearing  liabilities was 115.68% as compared
to 110.31% for the same period in 1997.  Average earning assets grew $39,747,664
with an 8 basis point decrease in rate.  Average  investments  and average loans
increased  $12,354,482  and  $26,846,478,  respectively.  The  average  yield on
investments  and  average  yield on loans  dropped 3 basis  points  and 22 basis
points, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 1998. The overall
rate paid on interest bearing  liabilities  decreased 7 basis points.  While the
average rate on borrowings and  subordinated  debt decreased 19 basis points and
35 basis points, respectively,  average deposit costs were relatively unchanged.
Average interest bearing deposits increased $30,152,551 while average borrowings
decreased  $3,093,300.  Non-interest  bearing deposits  increased  $4,660,745 or
46.8%.

     For the nine months  ended  September  30, 1998,  net  interest  income was
$1,053,722  or 24.5%  higher than the same  period in 1997.  This  increase  was
primarily a function of asset growth as average earning assets grew  $37,880,878
with a 9 basis point decrease in rate. The net interest margin was 3.60% for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 as compared to 3.57% for the same period in
1997.   The  net  interest   margin   increased  due  to  the  higher  ratio  of
interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities, despite a 5 basis point
decrease in the net interest  spread.  For the nine months ended  September  30,
1998 the ratio of interest-earning  assets to  interest-bearing  liabilities was
112.46% as compared to 110.26% for the same period in 1997. Average  investments
and average loans increased  $9,680,467 and $26,172,144,  respectively,  for the
nine months ended


<PAGE>

September 30, 1998. The average yield on investments  and average yield on loans
dropped 22 basis points and 10 basis points, respectively. The overall rate paid
on interest bearing  liabilities  decreased 4 basis points.  While deposit costs
were higher in 1998 the rate on borrowings  and  subordinated  debt decreased 26
basis  points  and 28  basis  points,  respectively.  Average  interest  bearing
deposits increased $31,866,096 with a 4 basis point increase in rate, as most of
the  growth was  concentrated  in higher  costing  time  deposits.  Non-interest
bearing deposits increased $3,795,496 or 42.2%.
Average borrowings decreased $1,079,182.

Non-Interest Income

     Total non-interest income was $126,538 for the three months ended September
30,  1998 as compared  to the  $56,472  earned for the same period in 1997.  The
increase is principally due to higher gains on the sale of investment securities
available for sale.

     Total non-interest  income was $233,102 for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 as compared to the $133,745 earned for the same period in 1997. Service
charges, gains on the sale of investment securities available for sale and gains
on the sale of loans  held for sale  increased  $23,849,  $48,400  and  $27,108,
respectively.

Non-Interest Expense

     For the three months ended September 30, 1998,  non-interest  expenses were
$1,365,743 as compared to $958,675  during the same period in 1997. The $407,068
increase  in  non-interest  expense  relates  principally  to $114,740 in higher
salary  costs due to an  increase  in the number of  employees  and the  overall
growth  of  the  institution;  $123,432  in  minority  interest  in  expense  of
subsidiaries  related  to the  Capital  Securities  issued in August  1998,  and
$77,460 in write-downs on real estate owned.

     For the nine months ended  September 30, 1998,  non-interest  expenses were
$3,473,582  or $707,947  higher  than the  $2,765,635  reported  during the same
period in 1997.  Salaries  and  benefits  increased  $347,547 in 1998 due to the
addition of new lending and operations  personnel.  Data  processing  costs were
$45,518 higher in 1998 principally due to growth of the institution and variable
costs associated with item processing and account  volumes.  Other expenses were
$156,095  higher in 1998 and include $77,460 in write-downs on real estate owned
and  $38,514  in  printing  and  filing  costs  for  new  shareholder/regulatory
reporting.  In addition,  1998 results include $123,432 in minority  interest in
expense of subsidiaries  related to the Capital  Securities issued on August 11,
1998.

Provision for Loan Losses

     The provision for loan losses represents the amount necessary to be charged
to  operations  to bring the  allowance  for loan  losses to a level  considered
adequate  in  relation  to the risk of  inherent  losses in the loan  portfolio.
Actual loan losses, net of recoveries, serve to reduce the allowance.

<PAGE>

     The  provision  for loan losses was  $120,000  for the three  months  ended
September 30, 1998 as compared to $105,000 for the same period in 1997.  For the
nine months  ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997 the  provision  for loan losses
totaled $355,000 and $280,000,  respectively.  The provision for loan losses for
the three  and nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998  were  higher  than the
comparable  periods in 1997 due to the overall  increase in the size of the loan
portfolio as well as the continuing  concentration  of commercial and commercial
real estate  loan  originations.  Gross  charge-offs  for the nine months  ended
September 30, 1998 were $67,992 versus $524 for 1997.  Charge-offs  for the nine
months  ended  September  30,  1998  included  $47,064  for one loan  which  was
transferred  to real  estate  owned in the first  quarter of 1998.  Because  the
Bank's portfolio is relatively  immature given its recent growth rates,  current
charge-off  and  non-performing  asset  trends may not be  indicative  of future
performance.

Income Tax Expense

     Income tax expense for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 was $200,000 as
compared to $160,000 for the quarter  ended  September  30,  1997.  For the nine
months ended September 30, 1998, income tax expense totaled $575,500 as compared
to $440,000  for the same period in 1997.  The tax  provision  for the three and
nine months ended  September  30, 1998  increased due to the increase in taxable
earnings.

     The  effective  tax rate for the three months ended  September 30, 1998 was
32.3% as compared to 30.8% for the same period in 1997.  The  effective tax rate
for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 was 32.8% as compared to 31.2% for
the same period in 1997.  The  effective  tax rate for the three and nine months
ended September 30, 1997 was higher than the comparable period in 1998, in part,
due to the deduction of remaining deferred  organization costs in 1997. Deferred
organization costs were deducted for tax purposes over a 5 year period ending in
1997.

Financial Condition

Investment Securities

     Investment  securities  are  classified  at the time of  purchase by one of
three purposes:  trading, available for sale (AFS) or held to maturity (HTM). To
date the Bank has not purchased any  securities for trading  purposes.  The Bank
usually  classifies  securities,  in particular  mortgage-backed  securities and
corporate  bonds,  as AFS to provide  management the flexibility to sell certain
securities  and adjust its balance  sheet in response to capital  levels  and/or
changes in market  conditions.  The carrying  values for AFS and HTM  securities
were $83,535,485 and $9,854,181,  respectively, as of September 30, 1998. During
1998, management sold certain  mortgage-backed  securities in reaction to higher
than  expected  prepayments  triggered  by  generally  falling  interest  rates.
Proceeds from 1998  security  sales were  $74,503,245  with net gains of $69,108
recorded.  Investment  purchases  totaled  $105,530,615 and were concentrated in
fixed rate GNMA securities and corporate bonds.

     The estimated fair value of the Company's  investment  securities available
for sale declined  $725,971  from an unrealized  net gain of $79,053 at December
31, 1997 to an  estimated  unrealized  loss of $646,918 at  September  30, 1998.
Following the issuance of the Company's own $10 million of Capital Securities in
August 1998, the Company and the Bank invested in similar type securities


<PAGE>

issued by other banking  companies which are classified as Corporate  Bonds. The
Corporate Bond  investments  included $20 million of fixed rate securities which
were  made  to  generally   offset  the  costs  of  the   Company's  own  issue.
Additionally,  the Company invested $18 million in floating rate Corporate Bonds
to provide a variable  rate element to its  portfolio.  Although the Bank has no
immediate  plans to sell  these  securities,  it has  chosen to  classify  these
securities as available  for sale  pursuant to SFAS 115 which allows  management
the  flexibility  to sell the  securities  and  adjust its  portfolio  as future
conditions  change.  Available for sale  securities  are marked to market on the
balance  sheet with an  adjustment  to equity,  net of tax, and presented in the
caption "Accumulated other comprehensive income".

     In late  August and  throughout  September  1998 global  financial  markets
experienced high volatility  following  certain highly publicized events such as
Russia  defaulting  on its  debt  and the  rippling  effects  on  certain  money
management funds ("Hedge Funds"). These events had a negative impact on non-U.S.
Government  bond and credit markets as there was an overall  "flight to quality"
of U.S.  Treasury  Bonds.  Corporate  bond prices were deeply  discounted by the
markets and consequently, the Company's portfolio experienced an unrealized loss
in value.  The Company  believes that the credit  quality of its corporate  bond
portfolio is strong and therefore,  the unrealized loss is deemed temporary. The
Company evaluates the credit worthiness of the issuer prior to investing in such
securities.  Approximately  70% of the issuers are investment  grade as rated by
Moody's Investors  Service.  The Company monitors market conditions  closely and
adjusts its portfolio as it considers necessary.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               September 30, 1998
                                                               ------------------  
                                                 Held to Maturity                 Available for Sale
                                                 ----------------                 ------------------ 
                                             Amortized       Estimated          Amortized     Estimated
                                               Cost        Fair Value             Cost        Fair Value
                                             ---------     -----------          ---------     ----------  
<S>                                       <C>              <C>                 <C>             <C>                      
U.S. government agency obligations        $ 6,987,666      7,030,000                   --              --
Mortgage-backed securities                  2,366,515      2,350,118           30,643,852      30,839,242
State and municipal securities                     --             --           11,428,665      11,724,773
Corporate bonds                                    --             --           38,994,286      37,842,870
Equity securities                                  --             --            3,000,600       3,013,600
Other debt securities                         500,000        500,000              115,000         115,000
                                        -------------    -----------        -------------   -------------

Total                                    $  9,854,181      9,880,118           84,182,403      83,535,485
                                         ============     ==========          ===========     ===========
<CAPTION>

                                                               December 31, 1997
                                                              ------------------
                                                Held to Maturity                 Available for Sale
                                                ----------------                 ------------------  
                                          Amortized       Estimated          Amortized       Estimated
                                             Cost        Fair Value             Cost        Fair Value
                                           --------      ----------          ---------      ----------  
<S>                                     <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>      
U.S. government agency obligations        $11,985,870     11,956,250               --              --
Mortgage-backed securities                  3,183,768      3,143,715        50,131,927      50,121,230
State and municipal securities                     --             --        10,326,107      10,402,857
Equity securities                                  --             --         1,780,050       1,793,050
Other debt securities                              --             --           117,000         117,000
                                       --------------    -----------      ------------    ------------

Total                                     $15,169,638     15,099,965        62,355,084      62,434,137
                                          ===========     ==========        ==========      ==========

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


Loans Held for Sale

     The  Bank  uses an  outside  company  to  originate  and  sell  residential
mortgages  on its  behalf.  The  $289,152  increase  in loans held for sale from
$197,944 at December 31, 1997 to $487,096 at  September  30, 1998 relates to the
timing of loan originations versus their sale.  Typically,  these loans are sold
within 30 days of their settlement.

Loans

     Loans are the most significant components of earning assets.  Inherent with
the  lending  function  is the  evaluation  and  acceptance  of credit  risk and
interest rate risk along with the opportunity cost of alternative  deployment of
funds.  The Company manages credit risk  associated with its lending  activities
through portfolio  diversification,  underwriting  policies and procedures,  and
loan monitoring  practices.  Commercial lending activity continues to be focused
on small businesses and professionals within the local community.  Approximately
90% of the loan portfolio is  collateralized  at least in part by real estate as
shown by the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            September 30, 1998      % of Total     December 31, 1997         % of Total
                            ------------------      ----------     -----------------         ----------

<S>                           <C>            <C>
Real estate-farmland            $     --                --                 500,000              0.46%
Real estate-construction          2,038,921             1.57%            1,188,288              1.09%
Real estate-residential          23,715,561            18.19%           22,965,889             21.10%
Real estate-multifamily           5,217,174             4.00%            1,948,943              1.79%
Real estate-commercial           85,084,787            65.27%           72,372,260             66.48%
Consumer                          1,060,699             0.81%              797,671              0.73%
Commercial                       13,239,115            10.16%            9,084,458              8.35%
                               -------------          -------         -------------          --------

Total Loans                    $130,356,257           100.00%          108,857,509            100.00%
Unearned income                     402,350                                324,835
Allowance for loan losses         1,655,184                              1,360,148
                            ---------------                          -------------
Total loans, net               $128,298,723                            107,172,526
                               ============                            ===========
</TABLE>

     The Bank's real estate  portfolio,  which is concentrated  primarily within
the greater Lehigh and Delaware  Valleys (Eastern  Pennsylvania),  is subject to
risks associated with the local economy.

     For a further  discussion  of loan  categories,  see the  section  entitled
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS - Lending Activities.

Allowance for Loan Losses

     The  determination of an appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses
is based upon an analysis  of the risk  inherent  in PBI's loan  portfolio,  and
considers various factors,  including current economic  conditions,  actual loss
experience  and the current risk  profile of the  portfolio  which is based,  in
part,  on the  composition  of loan  types  within the  portfolio.  Each loan is
assigned a specific  loan loss  reserve  using a scoring  system.  This  scoring
system takes into consideration collateral


<PAGE>

type and value,  loan to value  ratios,  the  borrower's  risk  rating and other
factors.  Borrower risk ratings are determined by loan officers at the inception
of each loan and are subject to on-going analysis and update. Homogeneous loans,
comprised  primarily of home equity and nonreal estate secured  consumer  loans,
are analyzed in the aggregate.  Since the Bank is less than six years old with a
limited  history of loan  losses,  management  also uses peer group  analysis to
gauge the overall reasonableness of its loan loss reserves.

     In  addition,   regulatory  authorities,  as  an  integral  part  of  their
examinations,  periodically  review  the  allowance  for loan  losses.  They may
require  additions to the allowance based upon their judgments about information
available to them at the time of examination.

     At September  30, 1998,  the Bank had  $1,655,184 in its allowance for loan
losses,  representing 1.27% of outstanding loans receivable as compared to 1.25%
and 1.21% at December 31, 1997 and September 30, 1997, respectively.

     The  following  table sets forth the  activity  in the  allowance  for loan
losses and certain key ratios for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             For the Nine                                         For the Nine
                                             Months Ended           For the Year Ended            Months Ended
                                         September 30, 1998         December 31, 1997         September 30, 1997
                                         ------------------         -----------------         ------------------
<S>                                         <C>                          <C>                       <C>
Balance at beginning of period              $  1,360,148                  960,672                   960,672
Charge-offs
 Real estate-residential                          60,064                       --                        --
 Consumer installment                              7,928                      524                       524
                                            ----------------             -----------              ----------
Total charge-offs                                 67,992                      524                       524
Recoveries
 Consumer installment                              8,028                       --                        --
                                            ----------------             -----------             -----------

Net charge-offs                                   59,964                      524                       524
Provision for possible loan losses               355,000                  400,000                   280,000
                                            --------------               ----------              -----------
Balance at end of period                       1,655,184                1,360,148                 1,240,148
                                            =============               ===========               ==========

Total gross loans:
Average                                      118,334,741               95,403,549                92,004,276
End of period                                130,356,257              108,857,509               102,265,120

Ratios:
Net charge-offs to:
 Average loans                                    0.05%                       --                        --
 Loans at end of period                           0.05%                       --                        --
 Allowance for loan losses                        3.62%                    0.04%                      0.04%
 Provision for loan losses                       16.89%                    0.13%                      0.19%

Allowance for loan losses to:
 Total gross loans at end of period               1.27%                    1.25%                      1.21%
 Non-performing loans                           135.16%                  209.64%                    241.59%
 Non-performing assets                           84.68%                  105.68%                     80.48%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     Charge-offs  against the allowance for loan losses in 1998 totaled  $67,992
of which $47,064  related to one loan which was transferred to real estate owned
during  the  first  quarter  of 1998.  Because  the  Bank's  loan  portfolio  is
relatively  immature  given its recent  growth  rates,  current  charge-off  and
non-performing asset trends may not be indicative of future performance.

Non-Performing Assets

     Non-performing  assets are  defined as  accruing  loans past due 90 days or
more, non-accruing loans, restructured loans and real estate owned.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                September 30, 1998    December 31, 1997     September 30, 1997
                                                ------------------    -----------------     ------------------
<S>                                              <C>                     <C>                <C>           
 Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing
  Real estate residential                            $    131,755            146,492              --
  Consumer installment                                        252              4,576           12,175
                                                 ----------------       ------------         ---------

  Total loans past due 90 days
   or more and accruing                                   132,007            151,068           12,175


 Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis
  Real estate-construction                                     --            299,200          299,200
  Real estate-residential                                  25,000                 --              --
  Real estate-multi family                                898,890                 --              --
  Commercial real estate                                  168,714            191,534          201,942
  Consumer installment                                          --             7,000              --
                                                ------------------       -----------       ----------

  Total non-accrual loans                               1,092,604            497,734          501,142
 Real estate owned                                        730,000            638,286        1,027,539
                                                     ------------          ---------        ---------
 Total non-performing assets                         $  1,954,611          1,287,088        1,540,856
                                                     ============          =========        =========

 Total as a percentage of total assets                      0.84%              0.67%             0.83%
</TABLE>

     Total  non-accrual  loans increased  $594,870 from $497,734 at December 31,
1997 to $1,092,604 at September 30, 1998.  The increase  relates  principally to
the placement of one multi-family  real estate loan in the amount of $898,890 on
non-accrual in September 1998. In addition, a loan in the amount of $297,064 and
secured by residential  property was transferred to real estate owned in January
1998. A $47,064 charge-off against the loan loss reserve was recorded concurrent
with this transfer.

Real Estate Owned

     Real estate owned  increased  $91,714 from $638,286 at December 31, 1997 to
$730,000 at September 30, 1998. At September 30, 1998, this balance included two
residential properties carried at $250,000 and $480,000, respectively.

     During the first quarter of 1998, the Company  foreclosed on a non-accruing
loan secured by residential  property  valued at $250,000 and sold an investment
property for $80,826. During the


<PAGE>

third quarter of 1998, a $77,460  write-down was taken on the $480,000 property.
This property was  subsequently  sold in October 1998 with no resulting  gain or
loss on the sale.

Deferred Taxes

     The $246,830  increase in deferred taxes from $404,906 at December 31, 1997
to  $651,736 at  September  30, 1998  relates  principally  to the change in the
estimated fair market value of investment securities available for sale.

Other Assets

     The $126,756 increase in other assets from $486,348 at December 31, 1997 to
$613,104 at September  30, 1998  relates  primarily  to the  capitalization  and
deferral of $332,420 in costs related to the Capital Securities issued in August
1998.  These  deferred  costs were  partially  offset by a $220,121  decrease in
principal  payments  due on  FHLMC  mortgage-backed  securities  as the  Company
reduced its holdings in this agency.

Deposits

     The Bank, a traditional community-based bank, is largely dependent upon its
base of  competitively  priced core deposits to provide a stable funding source.
The Bank has  retained  and grown its customer  base since  inception  through a
combination of price, quality service, convenience, and a stable and experienced
staff.  The Bank  primarily  attracts  deposits  from  within its  market  area.
Additional  deposit  growth will be  accomplished  through  deposit  promotions,
business development  programs and continued branch expansion.  The Bank expects
to open its fourth branch, the Yardley branch, by the end of 1998.

     Total  deposits at September 30, 1998 were  $174,405,400,  representing  an
increase of $30,802,198  from deposits of $143,603,202 at December 31, 1997. The
majority of this increase relates to the success of the Company's certificate of
deposit promotion, which was held in the month of February 1998. This promotion,
which offered a premium rate on nine-month  certificates of deposits,  generated
approximately  $11,600,000 in funds.  In addition,  $6.5 million in public funds
were on  deposit  at  September  30,  1998 with $2.5  million  and $4.0  million
maturing in October  1998 and  December  1998,  respectively.  Savings  accounts
increased  $6,487,515  or  14.2% to  $52,039,019  at  September  30,  1998  from
$45,551,504 at December 31, 1997.

     Core  deposits,  which  exclude time  deposits  greater than  $100,000 were
$155,350,774  or 89.07% of total  deposits at  September  30,  1998.  Total time
deposits at September 30, 1998 were $93,870,711 or 53.82% of total deposits,  of
which $21,049,411 mature after one year.

Borrowings

     Borrowings  decreased  $7,187,522 from  $34,842,740 at December 31, 1997 to
$27,655,218  at September 30, 1998.  Borrowings  from the Federal Home Loan Bank
("FHLB") and retail


<PAGE>

repurchase  agreements  decreased $2,500,000 and $3,190,522,  respectively.  The
remaining decrease relates to overnight federal funds.

     At  September  30,  1998  securities  sold under  agreement  to  repurchase
consisted of  $10,000,000  in  borrowings  from the FHLB maturing in 30 days and
$2,655,218 in retail repurchase  agreements maturing overnight.  At December 31,
1997  borrowings  from  the FHLB  and  retail  customers  were  $12,500,000  and
$5,845,740,  respectively. All borrowings from the FHLB are secured by a blanket
lien against the Bank's assets.

     Long-term FHLB advances mature in the year 2002. These advances are subject
to repricing every six months at which time the issuer may convert the borrowing
to a variable  rate if current rates are higher.  Should the issuer  convert the
borrowing, the Company may prepay the debt without penalty.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         September 30, 1998               December 31, 1997
                                                         ------------------               -----------------
                                                                     Weighted                         Weighted
                                                                      Average                          Average
                                                   Amount                Rate          Amount             Rate
                                                  --------            -------          ------          --------
<S>                                          <C>                     <C>               <C>              <C>     
Short-term:
Securities sold under agreement
 to repurchase                                    $12,655,218         5.28%             18,345,740       5.54%
Other                                                     --          --                 1,497.000       6.31%
                                                 -------------       -------           -----------       -----
                                                  $12,655,218         5.28%             19,842,740       5.59%

Long-term:
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                    15,000,000         5.42%             15,000,000       5.42%
0                                                 ------------         -----             ----------       -----

Total borrowings                                  $27,655,218         5.36%             34,842,740       5.52%
                                                  ===========         =====             ==========       =====
</TABLE>

Other Liabilities

     The $4,083,488  increase in other  liabilities  from $1,797,538 at December
31, 1997 to $5,881,026 at September 30, 1998 relates primarily to the accrual of
$4,000,000 in security purchases. These purchases settled in October 1998.

Capital Adequacy

     At  September  30,  1998,  management  believes  that  the  Company  was in
compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements to be classified as "well
capitalized"  pursuant to FDIC  regulations.  The  Company  plans to remain well
capitalized and manages the Bank accordingly.  On August 11, 1998, $10.0 million
in Capital  Securities were issued by the Company's  recently formed subsidiary,
PBI CCapital  Trust.  Proceeds from the Capital  Securities  provide the Company
with  additional  Tier I and Tier II  capital.  The  Capital  Securities,  which
represent the minority interest in equity accounts of subsidiaries,  are limited
to 25% of Tier I capital.  As the Company's  equity grows, a greater  portion of
the Capital Securities will count towards Tier I capital.

<PAGE>

     Several  large capital  expenditures  are planned for the remainder of 1998
through 1999.  These include the purchase of the Doylestown and Easton branches,
which  are  currently   leased,   and  the  completion  of  the  Yardley  branch
construction. These expenditures are estimated to cost $2.0 million.

     The tables below depict the Company's  capital  components and ratios along
with  the  "adequately"  and  "well"  capitalized  criteria  as  defined  by the
regulators.   At  September  30,  1998,  the  Company  exceeded  all  regulatory
requirements and is classified as "well capitalized".
<TABLE>

                                                CAPITAL COMPONENTS
<CAPTION>

                                                    September 30, 1998         December 31, 1997
                                                    ------------------         ------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                      <C>
Tier I
 Shareholders' equity                                   $ 11,135,265              10,433,837
 Allowable portion of minority interest
   in equity of subsidiaries                               3,850,000
 Net unrealized security losses (gains)                      426,966                 (52,175)
                                                     ----------------           -------------
 Total Tier I Capital                                   $ 15,412,231              10,381,662
                                                        ============             ===========

Tier II
 Allowable portion of the allowance
 for loan losses                                      $   1,655,184                1,360,148
 Allowable portion of minority interest
 in equity of subsidiaries                                6,150,000                       --
 Allowable portion of subordinated debt                   1,500,000                1,500,000
                                                     --------------             ------------

 Total Tier II Capital                                $   9,305,184                2,860,148
                                                      =============             ============

 Total Capital                                         $ 24,717,415               13,241,810

 Risk-weighted assets                                   175,717,000              120,736,000

</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                                 CAPITAL RATIOS

<CAPTION>
                                         Actual                 Actual             Adequately        Well
                                   September 30, 1998      December 31, 1997       Capitalized    Capitalized
                                   ------------------      -----------------       -----------    -----------       
<S>                                     <C>                      <C>                 <C>            <C>     
Total risk-based
   capital/risk-weighted assets            14.07%                 10.97%               8.00%         10.00%
Tier I capital/risk-weighted
   assets                                   8.77%                  8.60%               4.00%          6.00%
Tier I capital/average
   assets (leverage ratio)                  7.02%                  5.51%               4.00%          5.00%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Liquidity

     Liquidity represents an institution's ability to generate cash or otherwise
obtain funds at reasonable rates to satisfy commitments to borrowers and demands
of depositors.  The Company's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  proceeds
from principal and interest  payments on loans,  mortgage-backed  securities and
investments,  and  borrowings.  While  maturities and scheduled  amortization of
loans and investments  are a predictable  source of funds,  deposit flows,  loan
prepayments  and  mortgage-backed   securities  prepayments  are  influenced  by
interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

     The Bank's primary asset deployment activities are the origination of loans
secured  by  real  estate,  and  the  purchase  of  mortgage-backed  securities,
corporate bonds and other securities. During the nine months ended September 30,
1998, the Bank's loan  portfolio grew  $21,808,714 as compared to an increase of
$20,144,477 for the same period in 1997.  Purchases of mortgage-backed and other
securities totaled  $105,530,615 for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 as
compared to  $37,318,168  for the nine months ended  September  30, 1997.  These
activities  were funded  primarily by deposit growth and  borrowings,  principal
repayments  on loans and  mortgage-backed  securities  and by sales and calls of
investments.  In  addition,  the $10.0  million  in  proceeds  from the  Capital
Securities  issued  in August  1998 were  temporarily  invested  in  investments
available  for sale.  Proceeds from the sale of  investment  securities  totaled
$74,503,245  and  $18,900,322  for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 and
September 30, 1997,  respectively.  The Bank sold $55,444,887 in mortgage-backed
securities  in 1998 in reaction to higher than  expected  prepayments  caused by
generally   lower  and  falling   interest   rates.   Principal   repayments  on
mortgage-backed   securities  totaled  $8,444,557  for  the  nine  months  ended
September 30, 1998 and $10,711,552 for the nine months ended September 30, 1997.
Investment  securities  which  were  called  and  repaid by the  issuer  totaled
$6,000,000 in 1998. There were no securities called in 1997.

     Deposits  increased  $30,802,198 during the nine months ended September 30,
1998 as compared to  $22,695,645  during the same period in 1997.  Deposit flows
are affected by the level of interest  rates,  the  interest  rates and products
offered by local competitors, and other factors. The Bank offered a premium rate
for nine-month  certificates  of deposit in February 1998,  which  accounted for
approximately  $11.6  million of the increase in deposits in 1998.  In addition,
$6,500,000 in public funds are also included in total  deposits at September 30,
1998. Borrowings decreased $7,187,522 during the nine months ended September 30,
1998 and increased  $5,676,550  during the nine months ended September 30, 1997.
In January 1997, the Bank issued  $1,500,000 in subordinated  debt to supplement
its Tier II and total capital ratios in order to remain "well capitalized".  The
subordinated  debt  matures on  January  12,  2012 but can be  prepaid  with the
written  approval of the Federal  Reserve  Bank of  Philadelphia.  On August 11,
1998,  the Company's  recently  formed  subsidiary,  PBI Capital  Trust,  issued
$10,000,000 of 8.57% Capital  Securities due August 15, 2028.  Proceeds from the
Capital  Securities  provide  the  Company  with  additional  Tier I and Tier II
capital.

     The Bank monitors it liquidity position on a daily basis. Excess short-term
liquidity is invested in overnight federal funds sales through its correspondent
bank, Atlantic Central Bankers Bank. Conversely,  overnight federal funds may be
purchased to satisfy daily liquidity needs.


<PAGE>

Additional  sources of funds are available  through use of one of the following:
$2,000,000  unsecured federal funds line of credit with Atlantic Central Bankers
Bank or, the Bank's $43,329,000 borrowing limit at the Federal Home Loan Bank of
Pittsburgh  (the  "FHLB").  The Bank could also sell or borrow  against  certain
investment  securities.  At September  30,  1998,  the Bank had  $25,000,000  in
borrowings outstanding at the FHLB.

PBI Capital Trust Securities

     On August 11, 1998, the Company's recently formed  subsidiary,  PBI Capital
Trust (the "Trust") issued $10.0 million of 8.57% Capital  Securities due August
15, 2028.  The Trust is a statutory  business  trust  created  under the laws of
Delaware.  The  Company  is the sole  owner of the  Trust.  The  Trust  used the
proceeds  from the Capital  Securities  to acquire $10.0 million in 8.57% Junior
Subordinated  Deferrable Interest  Debentures issued by the Company.  The Junior
Subordinated Debentures are the sole assets of the Trust, and payments under the
Junior Subordinated Debentures are the sole revenue of the Trust. The Company is
using the  proceeds  from the sale of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  for
general corporate  purposes,  including,  but not limited to, investments in and
advances to its  subsidiary,  Premier Bank,  repurchases  of common stock of the
Company,  branch  expansion,  the purchase of certain  branch  facilities  being
leased and funding loans.  The precise  amount and timing of the  application of
the net  proceeds  used for  such  corporate  purposes  depends  on the  funding
requirements and the availability of other funds to the Company and the Bank. At
present,  the majority of the net  proceeds  have been  temporarily  invested in
investment  securities  available for sale. Proceeds from the Capital Securities
provide  the Company  with  additional  Tier I and Tier II  capital.  The annual
expense for the Capital Securities is $875,000.

     These Capital  Securities  are reported in the  Consolidated  Statements of
Financial  Condition  under  the  caption   "Corporation-obligated   mandatorily
redeemable   capital  securities  of  subsidiary  trust  holding  solely  junior
subordinated debentures of the Corporation."

<PAGE>

     As of and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.

Results of Operations

     The Company  reported net income of $1,340,957 or $.49 diluted earnings per
share for the year ended  December  31,  1997.  This  represents  an increase of
$245,322 or 22.4% from the net income of $1,095,635 or $.40 diluted earnings per
share  reported  in 1996.  Return  on  average  assets  and  return  on  average
shareholders' equity were .78% and 14.28%,  respectively,  in 1997 compared with
 .85% and 13.32% in 1996.

     Results for 1997  reflect a higher net  interest  income of  $5,916,221  in
comparison  with  $4,559,645  for 1996  resulting  principally  from  growth  in
interest earning assets. Results for 1997 also include $400,000 in provision for
loan losses in comparison with $350,000 for 1996. Noninterest income amounted to
$149,927,  a decrease of $58,204 from the $208,131  earned in 1996. The decrease
in  non-interest  income in 1997 as compared with 1996 is primarily due to lower
gains  on sales of loans  held for sale and  losses  on the sale of real  estate
owned.  Non-interest  expense  amounted  to  $3,735,191  for 1997,  an  $848,512
increase  over the  $2,886,679  reported in 1996.  The increase in  non-interest
expense in 1997 is  primarily  due to the opening of the Bank's  third branch in
Southampton,  Bucks County,  Pennsylvania (Southampton branch) in February 1997,
and an increase in lending and  operations  personnel  in  conjunction  with the
continued growth of the institution.

     The following table indicates certain key average balance sheet amounts and
their corresponding earnings/expenses and rates.
<TABLE>


        AVERAGE BALANCES, RATES AND INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE SUMMARY

<CAPTION>
                                                  1997                                              1996
                                                  ----                                              ----
                                AVERAGE                           AVERAGE           AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                                BALANCE         INTEREST           RATE             BALANCE        INTEREST         RATE
                                --------        --------          -------           --------       --------       -------          
<S>                           <C>                <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>  
Assets
Interest-bearing
   deposits                     $298,644          14,334            4.80%          $  762,313         41,325        5.42%
Fed funds sold                 1,496,408          82,081            5.49%           1,182,305         62,133        5.26%
Investment securities
  available for sale
  Taxable                     50,572,153       3,384,850            6.69%          35,252,588      2,348,307        6.66%
 Tax-exempt(1)                 5,030,358         276,573            5.50%           4,844,426        262,381        5.42%
Investment securities
 held to maturity             13,749,072         937,551            6.82%          14,910,194      1,001,579        6.72%
                              ----------         -------            -----          ----------      ---------        -----

Total investment              69,351,583       4,598,974            6.63%          55,007,208      3,612,267        6.57%
  securities
Loans, net of
 unearned income(2)           95,146,116       8,753,303            9.20%          68,593,534      6,387,392        9.31%
                              ----------       ---------            -----          ----------      ---------        -----

                                                  1997                                                  1996
                                                  ----                                                  ----
 Total earning assets        166,292,751      13,448,692            8.09%         125,545,360    120,103,117        8.05%
 Cash and due from
    banks                      2,777,906                                            1,978,163
 Allowance for loan
    losses                    (1,142,571)                                            (829,894)
  Other assets                 4,269,907                                            1,816,642
                               ---------                                            ---------
Total assets                $172,197,993                                         $129,510,271
                            ============                                         ============

Liabilities and
 shareholders' equity
Interest checking             $8,829,154         224,223            2.54%          $6,178,914        150,795        2.44%
Money market
  deposit accounts             1,535,182          38,930            2.54%           1,374,314         34,544        2.51%
Savings accounts              42,107,494       1,648,694            3.92%          36,286,047      1,508,194        4.16%
Time deposits                 69,725,010       3,984,653            5.71%          51,165,128      2,894,233        5.66%
                              ----------       ---------            -----          ----------      ---------        -----

Total interest-              122,196,840       5,896,500            4.93%          95,004,403      4,587,766         4.83%
    bearing deposits
Short-term
   borrowings                 24,007,462       1,355,255            5.65%          17,003,164        955,706         5.62%
Long-term
  borrowings                   2,972,603         161,567            5.44%              -                -              -
Subordinated debt              1,467,123         119,149            8.12%              -                -              -

Total interest-bearing       150,644,028       7,532,471            5.00%         112,007,567      5,543,472         4.95%
  liabilities
Non-interest bearing
  deposits                     9,576,018                                            7,174,913
Other liabilities              2,586,024                                            2,100,022
Shareholders' equity           9,391,923                                            8,227,769
                               ---------                                            ---------
Total liabilities and
 shareholders' equity       $172,197,993                                         $129,510,271
                            ============                                         ============
  Net interest income/
   rate spread                                $5,916,221            3.09%                          4,559,645         3.10%
                                              ==========            =====                          =========         =====
  Net interest
margin(3)                                                           3.56%                                            3.63%
  Average interest
   earning assets as a
   percentage of
   average
   interest-bearing
   liabilities                 110.39%                                                112.09%

- -----------------------------------
<FN>

(1)  Interest income on tax-exempt  investment securities has not been presented
     on a tax-equivalent basis.

(2)  Includes  non-accrual loans of $511,903 and $651,165 on average in 1997 and
     1996, respectively.

(3)  Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average
     interest-earning assets.
</FN>
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
Net Interest Income

     The  Company's  profitability,   like  that  of  most  community  financial
institutions,  is dependent to a large extent upon its net interest income.  Net
interest income depends upon the relative amounts of interest earning assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them and,
the  amount  of  earning  assets  funded  by on  non-interest-bearing  deposits,
liabilities  and  shareholders'  equity.  Net interest  income is the  Company's
primary source of operating income.

     The net  interest  rate  spread is the  difference  between  average  rates
received  on  earning   assets  and  average  rates  paid  on   interest-bearing
liabilities.  Net interest rate margin is net interest income divided by average
interest-earning  assets.  Interest  rates received and paid on loan and deposit
products respectively,  are generally heavily influenced by the overall interest
rate environment and by competition.

     Net interest  income for 1997 increased  $1,356,576 or 29.8% to $5,916,221.
The net interest margin was 3.56% for 1997 as compared to 3.63% for 1996.  While
the net interest spread was relatively unchanged for the year ended December 31,
1997 as compared to 1996,  the decrease in net interest  margin is attributed to
the lower ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing  liabilities. The
ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities was 110.39% for
1997 as compared to 112.09% for 1996.  The  increase in net  interest  income is
primarily a function of asset growth rather than rate  changes.  The increase in
net  interest  income was due to the  $40,747,391  or 32.5%  increase in average
earning  assets  combined  with  a 4  basis  point  increase  in  rate.  Average
investments   and  average  loans   increased   $14,344,375   and   $26,552,582,
respectively.  The average yield on investments  was up 6 basis points while the
average rate on loans  declined 11 basis points in 1997. On the liability  side,
average interest-bearing  deposits increased $27,192,437 or 28.6% with no change
in average rate while  non-interest  bearing  deposits  increased  $2,401,105 or
33.5%.  Average  borrowings  increased  $11,444,024  with a  corresponding  rate
increase of 13 basis points in 1997.

     The  Rate-Volume  Analysis  table below  highlights  the impact of changing
rates and volumes on total interest income and interest expense.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             RATE VOLUME ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME


                                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                  -------------------                         ------------------- 
                                              DECEMBER 31, 1997 vs. 1996                   DECEMBER 31, 1996 vs. 1995
                                              --------------------------                   ----------------------------    
                                       VOLUME          RATE            TOTAL          VOLUME         RATE           TOTAL
<S>                                <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>              
Interest income
  Fed funds sold                   $   17,127         2,821            19,948      $  (45,079)     (12,399)      (57,478)
  Interest-bearing deposits           (22,711)       (4,280)          (26,991)         36,525         (748)       35,777
  Investment securities held to
    maturity                          (78,985)       14,957           (64,028)        380,372       23,762       404,134
  Investment securities available
    for sale                        1,020,708        30,027         1,050,735       1,101,355          725     1,102,080
  Loans                             2,446,355       (80.444)        2,365,911       1,711,574      (94,131)    1,617,443
Total Interest income               3,382,494       (36,919)        3,345,575       3,184,747      (82,791)    3,101,956

<CAPTION>

                                                    FOR THE YEARS ENDED                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1997 vs. 1996                    DECEMBER 31, 1996 vs. 1995
Interest expense
  Interest checking                   67,078         6,350             73,428         35,567      (13,125)        22,442
  Money market accounts                4,077           309              4,386        (11,622)      (7,010)       (18,632)
  Savings                            231,659       (91,159)           140,500        494,672      (68,651)       426,021
  Time                             1,060,365        30,055          1,090,420        786,957       23,732        810,689
  Short-term borrowings              395,385         4,165            399,549        638,532      (20,705)       617,827
Long-term borrowings                 161,567            --            161,567            --           --             --
 Subordinated debt                   119,149            --            119,149            --           --             --
Total interest expense             2,039,279       (50,280)         1,988,999      1,944,106      (85,759)     1,858,347
Net interest income               $1,343,215        13,361          1,356,576      1,240,641        2,968      1,243,609 

</TABLE>

     Variances  which were not  specifically  attributed  to volume or rate were
allocated  proportionately  between volume and rate.  Non-performing  assets are
treated as a change due to rate.

Interest Income

     Total interest income increased $3,345,575 or 33.1% in 1997 to $13,448,692.
Higher average earning asset balances contributed  $3,382,494 to interest income
while changes in interest rates on earning assets  negatively  impacted interest
income by $36,919.  Higher average investment and loan balances added $2,446,355
and $941,723,  respectively,  to interest income in 1997.  Lower yields on loans
and interest  bearing  deposits  negatively  impacted total  interest  income by
$80,444 and $4,280, respectively.  The yield on earning assets increased 4 basis
points  to 8.09%  with the  average  yields on fed funds  sold,  and  investment
securities increasing 23 basis points, and 6 basis points, respectively,  during
1997. The yield on interest bearing deposits and loans decreased 62 basis points
and 11 basis points, respectively, during the year.

     Non-accrual  loans of $497,734 in 1997 and $870,961 in 1996 resulted in the
nonrecognition  of $51,900  and $80,434 in  interest  income for the  respective
periods. Non-accrual loans are included in the impact of rate changes.

Interest Expense

     Total interest expense increased $1,988,999 or 35.9% in 1997 to $7,532,471.
A  $38,636,461  or 34.5%  increase in average  interest-bearing  liabilities  to
$150,644,028 resulted in an increase in interest expense of $2,039,279. Interest
rates on total  interest-bearing  deposits  were  unchanged  from 1996 at 4.83%.
While the overall rate paid on  interest-bearing  deposits  did not change,  the
deposit mix and the rates paid on the  different  products  did change.  Average
interest checking accounts increased $2,650,240 or 42.9% to $8,829,154 while the
corresponding rate increased 10 basis points. Average money market balances were
basically  unchanged  while the average rate  increased 3 basis points to 2.54%.
Average savings accounts increased  $5,821,447 or 16.0% to $42,107,494 while the
rate  declined 24 basis  points to 3.92%.  The average  balance and rate on time
deposits  increased  $18,559,882  or 36.3% to  $69,725,010  and 5 basis  points,
respectively. The interest rate on short-term borrowings was basically unchanged
while the average balance increased


<PAGE>

$7,004,298 or 41.2% to $24,007,462. Interest expense of $161,567 and $119,149 on
long-term  borrowings and subordinated debt,  respectively,  issued in 1997 were
treated as changes in volume as there were no such borrowings in 1996. Long-term
borrowings  are  subject  to  repricing  every six months and mature in the year
2002. The subordinated  debt reprices annually and matures in the year 2012. The
subordinated  debt,  which  qualifies  as Tier II  capital,  was  issued for the
purpose of funding  the Bank's  growth  and  maintenance  of certain  regulatory
capital ratios.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

     As a financial  institution,  the Company is subject to interest rate risk.
Fluctuations in interest rates will  ultimately  impact both the level of income
and expense  recorded on a large portion of the Bank's  assets and  liabilities,
and  the  market  value  of all  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
liabilities,  other than those which possess a short term to maturity. Since all
of the Company's interest-bearing liabilities and virtually all of the Company's
interest-earning  assets are located at the Bank, all significant  interest rate
risk  management  procedures  are  performed  at the Bank level.  Based upon the
Bank's  nature  of  operations,  the Bank is not  directly  subject  to  foreign
currency  exchange or commodity  price risk.  At December 31, 1997,  the Company
does not have any hedging  transactions  in place such as  interest  rate swaps,
caps or floors.

     The Bank  analyzes  interest rate  risk/sensitivity  through the use of gap
analysis and simulation models. Interest rate risk/sensitivity  management seeks
to minimize the effect of interest rate changes on net interest  income  through
periods of changing  interest rates. The  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee
(ALCO) is  responsible  for managing  interest rate risk and for  evaluating the
impact of changing  interest  rate  conditions  on net  interest  income and net
income.

     Gap analysis  measures the  difference  between  volumes of rate  sensitive
assets and  liabilities and quantifies  these repricing  differences for various
time intervals.  Static gap analysis  describes  interest rate  sensitivity at a
point in time.  However,  it alone does not accurately  measure the magnitude of
changes in net interest income since changes in interest rates do not impact all
categories  of assets  and  liabilities  equally or  simultaneously  nor does it
consider  future  growth.  Interest  rate  sensitivity  analysis  also  involves
assumptions  on certain  categories  of assets and  deposits.  For  purposes  of
interest rate sensitivity analysis,  assets and liabilities are stated at either
their contractual  maturity,  estimated likely call date, or earliest  repricing
opportunity. Mortgage-backed securities and amortizing loans are scheduled based
on their anticipated cash flow including estimated prepayments.

     Savings accounts,  including passbook, statement savings, money market, and
interest checking accounts,  do not have a stated maturity or repricing term and
can be withdrawn  or repriced at any time.  This may impact PBI's margin if more
expensive  alternative sources of deposits are required to fund loans or deposit
runoff.  Management  projects the repricing  characteristics  of these  accounts
based on historical  performance and assumptions  that it believes reflect their
rate sensitivity.

     A positive gap results when the amount of interest  rate  sensitive  assets
exceeds interest rate sensitive  liabilities and generally means the institution
will benefit during periods of rising interest


<PAGE>

rates.  A negative  gap  results  when the  amount of  interest  rate  sensitive
liabilities  exceeds  interest rate  sensitive  assets and  generally  means the
institution will benefit during periods of falling interest rates.

The  following  table  depicts  the  Bank's  year end 1997  gap  analysis  given
management assumptions:
<TABLE>

                                             INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
<CAPTION>

                        WITHIN 3      4 TO 6       7 MONTHS      1 TO 3        3 TO 5       AFTER
DECEMBER 31, 1997       MONTHS        MONTHS       TO 1 YEAR     YEARS         YEARS       5 YEARS       TOTAL
- -----------------       ------        ------       ---------     -----         -----       -------       -----
<S>                    <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>       <C>            <C>    
Assets
  Interest-bearing
    deposits         $     85,823        --            --           --           --            --          85,823
Investment
    securities         16,592,070    5,797,034    15,208,052   10,300,848    5,453,892    24,251,879   77,603,775
  Loans                32,637,098    1,972,926     6,950,728   28,437,980   27,353,839    11,180,103  108,532,674

Total rate sensitive
  assets               49,314,991    7,769,960    22,158,780   38,738,828   32,807,731    35,431,982  186,222,272

Total cumulative
  assets               49,314,991   57,084,951    79,243,731  117,982,559  150,790,290   186,222,272           --
Liabilities
  Interest checking,
    money market and
    savings account     2,322,663    1,741,994     3,483,989   34,839,892   11,613,299     4,064,654   58,066,491
  Time deposits        14,264,074   10,078,857    25,808,896   22,530,489    1,251,043        26,032   73,959,391
  Short-term
    borrowings         14,094,429       97,429       194,858      779,432      779,432     3,897,160   19,842,740
  Long-term borrowings         --           --            --           --   15,000,000            --   15,000,000
  Subordinated debt     1,500,000           --            --           --           --            --    1,500,000

Total rate sensitive
  liabilities          32,181,166   11,918,280    29,487,743   58,149,813   28,643,774     7,987,846  168,368,622
                       ==========   ==========    ==========   ==========   ==========     =========  ===========

Total cumulative
  liabilities           32,181,166   44,099,446    73,587,189  131,737,002  160,380,776   168,368,622           --
Gap during period     $ 17,133,825  (4,148,320)   (7,328,963) (19,410,985)    4,163,957    27,444,136           --
Cumulative gap        $ 17,133,825   12,985,505     5,656,542 (13,754,443)  (9,590,486)    17,853,650           --
Cumulative gap as a
  percentage of earning
  assets                     9.20%        6.97%         3.04%      (7.39)%      (5.15)%         9.59%           --

</TABLE>

     Due to the Bank's high growth rate to date,  PBI also uses  computer  based
simulation  models to assess  the impact of  changes  in  interest  rates on net
interest income. The model incorporates  management's  business plan assumptions
and  related  asset and  liability  yields,  deposit  sensitivity  and the size,
composition and maturity or repricing  characteristics of the balance sheet. The
assumptions  are based on what  management  believes at that time to be the most
likely interest rate environment. Management also evaluates the impact of higher
and lower interest rates.

     Actual  results may differ from  simulated  results due to various  factors
including  time,   magnitude  and  frequency  of  interest  rate  changes,   the
relationship or spread between various rates,


<PAGE>

loan pricing and deposit sensitivity,  and asset/liability strategies.  Based on
management's estimate of balance sheet growth and composition and interest rates
for the next year, net interest income in 1998 is expected to increase  compared
with 1997 net interest income.

<TABLE>

                         NON-INTEREST INCOME COMPARISON

<CAPTION>
                                                                                             CHANGE
                                                  1997                 1996             AMOUNT       %
                                                  ----                 ----             ------       -
<S>                                          <C>                   <C>                <C>          <C> 
Service charges and other fees                $    148,113          126,700            21,413       16.90%
Gain (loss) on sale of investment
 securities
 available for sale                                 14,818           (5,582)           20,400      365.46%
Gain on sale of loans held for sale                 20,500           87,013           (66,513)     (76.44%)
Loss on sale of real estate owned                  (33,504)              --           (33,504)         --
                                               ------------          ------           --------     --------

          Total non-interest income           $    149,927          208,131           (58,204)     (27.97%)
                                              ============          =======           ========     ========
</TABLE>

     Total non-interest income was $149,927 in 1997, a $58,204 decrease from the
$208,131 earned in 1996. Income from the sale of loans held for sale was $66,513
lower in 1997.  The Bank was engaged in the sale of  residential  loans for only
five months in 1997 as  compared to a full year in 1996.  In both years the Bank
engaged an outside company to originate  residential mortgages on its behalf and
arrange for the sale of loans with correspondents.  The Bank's relationship with
this outside  company was terminated in May of 1997. In 1997, the Bank also sold
three foreclosed  commercial  properties with a carrying value of $714,786 for a
loss of  $33,504.  There  were no sales of real  estate  owned in 1996.  Service
charges  and other fees  increased  $21,413  and relate  principally  to monthly
account maintenance and overdraft charges on deposit transaction accounts.  This
increase  is a  reflection  of the 37.3%  growth in  transaction  accounts  from
$17,551,169  at December  31, 1996 to  $24,092,307  at December  31,  1997.  The
Company  had net  gains  of  $14,818  from  the  sale of  investment  securities
available for sale in 1997 as compared to a net loss of $5,582 in 1996.

<TABLE>

                        NON-INTEREST EXPENSE COMPARISON
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         CHANGE
                                                 1997                1996         AMOUNT             %
                                                 ----                ----         ------             -
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>             <C>            <C>
Salaries and employee benefits               $ 1,784,876         1,346,300       438,576          32.6%
Occupancy costs                                  400,196           282,375       117,821          41.7%
Data processing                                  381,840           270,477       111,363          41.2%
Professional services                            282,449           221,923        60,526          27.3%
Marketing                                        163,975           170,834        (6,859)         (4.0%)
Amortization of organization costs                24,000            72,000       (48,000)        (66.7%)
FDIC insurance premiums                           14,774             2,000        12,774         638.7%
Pennsylvania shares tax                           70,526            63,706         6,820          10.7%
Other                                            612,555           457,064       155,491          34.0%
                                             -----------        ----------       -------         ------
Total non-interest expense                    $3,735,191         2,886,679       848,512          29.4%
                                              ==========         =========       =======         ======
</TABLE>

     Total  non-interest   expense  increased  $848,512  or  29.4%  in  1997  to
$3,735,191 from $2,886,679 in 1996. Much of this increase is directly related to
the opening of the Bank's third full service  branch in  Southampton in February
1997,  an increase in the lending and  operations  staff,  and  enhancements  to
computer systems.  Salaries and benefits expense for 1997 increased  $438,576 or
32.6 %, to $1,784,876 from $1,346,300 in 1996 and included the addition of seven
full time


<PAGE>

equivalent  employees.  Occupancy expense increased $117,821 or 41.7% in 1997 to
$400,196 from $282,375 in 1996. This increase is primarily due to the additional
rent and depreciation of leasehold improvements for the Southampton location and
relocation of the operations center to this facility.

     Data  processing  expense  was  $381,840 in 1997 and  $270,477 in 1996,  an
increase of $111,363 or 41.2%. In May 1996 the Company's  contract with its data
processor  was  terminated  and it  converted  to a new  provider.  The new data
processing  system  was  selected,  in part,  due to its  ability  to provide an
image-based  item  processing  platform  as well as provide  for the current and
future needs of the Company including electronic banking  capabilities.  The new
system is more  expensive  and  requires  higher cost  computer  networking  and
related  communications  expenses which were incurred for the full year of 1997.
Other data  processing  cost  increases  relate to higher  item  processing  and
statement  rendering costs  associated  with the growth in deposits.  Additional
expenditures  were also incurred in 1997 as they relate to the relocation of the
computer network to the Southampton  operations  center,  equipping a new branch
location,  depreciation of new computer  equipment and software,  and outsourced
network consulting.

     Professional  services  include legal,  accounting and consulting  expense.
These costs increased $60,526 or 27.3% in 1997, to $282,449.  This was partially
due to the increased  legal and other  expenses  related to the formation of the
bank holding company in November 1997. Amortization of the Bank's start-up costs
was completed in April 1997, as compared with a full year's expense in 1996. The
FDIC  insurance  premium  increased  to $14,774 in 1997 from $2,000 in 1996,  an
increase of $12,774.

     Other expenses consist primarily of furniture and equipment  expense,  loan
and real estate owned expense,  employee travel and  entertainment,  stationary,
supplies and postage.  Other expense increased $155,491 to $612,555 in 1997 from
$457,064 in 1996. A portion of this increase is attributed to $41,742 in expense
to maintain real estate  owned.  Increases of $32,110,  $26,754,  and $15,823 in
furniture  and  fixtures,  stationary  and postage  expense,  respectively,  are
attributed to the growth of the institution.

     In 1998, the Bank plans to open its fourth branch, the Yardley branch. This
new branch is expected to increase overhead  expenses by approximately  $400,000
annually.  The actual timing of the branch  opening will determine the impact on
overhead expenses in 1998.

Provision for Loan Losses

     The provision for loan losses represents the amount necessary to be charged
to  operations  to bring the  allowance  for loan  losses to a level  considered
adequate  in  relation  to the risk of  inherent  losses in the loan  portfolio.
Actual  loan  losses,  net of  recoveries,  serve to reduce the  allowance.  The
provision was $400,000 in 1997  compared to $350,000 in 1996.  The provision for
loan losses  increased  in 1997 due to the  overall  increase in the size of the
loan  portfolio  as well  as the  continuing  concentration  of  commercial  and
commercial real estate loan  originations.  Gross charge-offs for 1997 were $524
versus $127,641 for 1996.  Charge-offs in 1996 included  $125,000  pertaining to
one borrower. Because the Bank's loan portfolio is relatively immature given its
recent growth rates, current chargeoff and nonperforming asset trends may not be
indicative of future performance.

<PAGE>

Income Taxes

     Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are measured  using enacted tax rates
expected  to apply to  taxable  income  in the  years in which  those  temporary
differences  are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect of a change in
tax rates on deferred tax assets and  liabilities is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.

     Applicable income taxes and effective tax rates were $590,000 or 30.6 % for
1997  compared to $435,462 or 28.4% for 1996.  The increase in the effective tax
rate in 1997 is  principally  due to a  decrease  in the  percentage  of  income
derived  from  non-taxable  loans and  investments,  and the end of certain  tax
deductible expenses relating to the formation of the Bank in 1992.

Financial Condition

Investment Securities

     Investment policies, approved annually by PBI's Board of Directors, include
strict standards regarding permissible  investment  categories,  credit quality,
maturity  intervals and  investment  concentrations.  The purchasing of specific
investment  securities,  within  such  standards,  is  left to the  judgment  of
management.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  84.1% and 87.0%,  respectively,  of
PBI's  investment  securities  were either issued by U.S.  government  sponsored
enterprises ("GSE's") or agencies.

     Investment  securities  are  classified  at the time of  purchase by one of
three purposes:  trading, available for sale (AFS) or held to maturity (HTM). To
date, the Bank has not purchased any securities for trading  purposes.  The Bank
usually classifies securities, in particular mortgage-backed  securities, as AFS
to provide  management the flexibility to sell certain securities and adjust its
balance sheet in response to changing market conditions.

     Investments Held to Maturity

     Investment  securities  held to maturity are recorded at amortized cost and
are purchased  with the intent and ability to hold to maturity.  The majority of
securities  included in this  portfolio  are U.S.  government  agency bonds with
short  term  call  options  embedded.   The  call  options  minimize  the  price
appreciation  potential of bonds in a declining  interest rate  environment.  In
exchange  for such call  provisions,  the Bank  receives  a higher  yield on its
investment. In a rising rate environment, calls would generally not be exercised
leaving the Bank with below market investments in its portfolio.

     Investments Available for Sale

     The Bank usually  classifies  its investment  securities  purchased as AFS.
This  affords  management  the  flexibility  to sell  securities  in response to
changes in market  interest rates and related  prepayment risk or in response to
liquidity  needs.  The AFS portfolio is primarily  comprised of  mortgage-backed
securities issued by GSE's (FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA) and municipal securities.  During
1998 the Bank has also added high quality  corporate bonds to its AFS portfolio.
The AFS portfolio also includes certain equity investments which are required of
the Bank as members of the FHLB, Fed, and Atlantic  Central Bankers Bank.  These
equity securities are reported at cost which approximates fair value.

     AFS  securities  are  reported at fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains and
losses,  net of tax effects,  reported as a separate  component of shareholders'
equity,  with no income statement  effect.  If interest rates rise, the value of
the investment portfolio would be expected to decrease. If interest rates fall,

<PAGE>

the  value  of  the  investment   portfolio   would  be  expected  to  increase.
Accordingly,  changes in  interest  rates will impact the  valuation  of the AFS
portfolio  which will  change  reported  shareholders'  equity.  The  effects on
shareholders'  equity  caused by these  unrealized  gains and  losses in its AFS
portfolio are excluded for regulatory capital purposes.

     The tables below depict details of the Bank's investment portfolio:
<TABLE>


                              INVESTMENT SECURITIES

<CAPTION>
                                                         1997
                                                         ----

                              HELD TO MATURITY                        AVAILABLE FOR SALE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              AMORTIZED         ESTIMATED           AMORTIZED        ESTIMATED
                               COST            FAIR VALUE              COST         FAIR VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                         <C>               <C>                  <C>             <C>               
U.S. government agency
 obligations                $11,985,870       11,956,250                  --              --
Mortgage-backed
 securities                   3,183,768        3,143,715            50,131,927      50,121,230
State and municipal
 securities                        --               --              10,326,107      10,402,857
Equity securities                  --               --               1,780,050       1,793,050
Other debt securities              --               --                 117,000         117,000

Total                       $15,169,638       15,099,965            62,355,084      62,434,137
                            ===========       ==========            ==========      ==========
<CAPTION>
                                                         1996
                                                         ----   

                              HELD TO MATURITY                        AVAILABLE FOR SALE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              AMORTIZED         ESTIMATED           AMORTIZED        ESTIMATED
                                COST            FAIR VALUE            COST          FAIR VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

U.S. government
 agency obligations         $ 9,977,441        9,830,313                    --              --
Mortgage-backed securities    3,910,165        3,846,986            44,212,778      44,190,049
State and municipal
  securities                         --               --             6,662,286       6,695,319
Equity securities                    --               --             1,897,300       1,897,300
Other debt securities                --               --               117,000         117,000
                            ------------       ----------          ------------    ------------

   Total                    $13,887,606       13,677,299            52,889,364      52,899,668
                            ===========       ==========            ==========      ==========

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

          INVESTMENT SECURITIES MATURITIES AND WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELDS
<CAPTION>
                                  UNDER                                        OVER 10
DECEMBER 31, 1997                 1 YEAR      1-5 YEARS      5-10 YEARS          YEARS        TOTAL
- -----------------                 ------      ---------      ----------        --------       -----
<S>                           <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>    
 INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Mortgage-backed
 securities:
  Fair value                   $8,136,630     19,403,808      11,968,055      10,612,737    50,121,230
  Weighted
 average yield                       7.07%          7.07%           7.05%           7.09%         7.07%
State and municipal
 securities:
  Fair value                           --             --              --      10,402,857    10,402,857
  Weighted average yield               --             --              --            5.32%         5.32%
Equity securities:
  Fair value                           --             --              --       1,793,050     1,793,050
  Weighted average yield               --             --              --            6.16%         6.16%
Other debt securities:
  Fair value                         2,000         15,000         100,000             --       117,000
  Weighted average
   yield                              2.00%          3.00%           7.50%            --          6.83%

TOTAL FAIR VALUE                $8,138,630     19,418,808      12,068,055     22,808,644    62,434,137
                                ==========     ==========      ==========     ==========    ==========

WEIGHTED AVERAGE
 YIELD                                7.07%          7.07%           7.05%          6.21%         6.75%

INVESTMENT
 SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY
U.S. government
 agency obligations:
  Amortized cost                $       --      1,000,000       2,985,870       8,000,000    11,985,870
  Weighted average yield                --           5.96%           6.46%           7.38%         7.03%
Mortgage-backed
 securities:
  Amortized cost                  1,184,645     1,891,861         106,990             272     3,183,768
  Weighted average
 yield                                6.41%          6.45%           7.12%           6.91%         6.46%

TOTAL AMORTIZED
 COST                            $1,184,645      2,891,861       3,092,860       8,000,272    15,169,638
                                 ==========      =========       =========       =========    ==========

WEIGHTED
 AVERAGE YIELD                        6.41%          6.28%           6.48%           7.38%         6.93%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Loans

     Loans are the most significant component of earning assets. Inherent within
the  lending  function  is the  evaluation  and  acceptance  of credit  risk and
interest rate risk along with the opportunity cost of alternative  deployment of
funds.  PBI manages credit risk associated with its lending  activities  through
portfolio  diversification,  underwriting  policies  and  procedures,  and  loan
monitoring  practices.  PBI's  commercial  lending  activity is focused on small
businesses and  professionals  within the local community.  More than 90% of the
loan portfolio is collateralized at least in part by real estate as shown by the
following table:
<TABLE>

                                 LOAN PORTFOLIO
<CAPTION>

DECEMBER 31,                           1997         % OF TOTAL            1996         % OF TOTAL
- ------------                           ----         ----------            ----         ----------
<S>                                <C>                 <C>            <C>                 <C>
Real estate-farmland                $    500,000           0.46%      $        --             --%
Real estate-construction               1,188,288           1.09%        1,952,730           2.35%
Real estate-residential               22,965,889          21.10%       19,665,913          23.67%
Real estate-multi-family               1,948,943           1.79%        1,137,649           1.37%
Real estate-commercial                72,372,260          66.48%       52,731,559          63.47%
Commercial                             9,084,458           8.35%        6,861,611           8.26%
Consumer installment                     797,671           0.73%          735,124           0.88%
                                    ------------         -------     ------------         -------

Total                               $108,857,509         100.00%      $83,084,586         100.00%

<CAPTION>

                    LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY

                                   UNDER                  1-5             OVER
DECEMBER 31, 1997                  1 YEAR             YEARS             5 YEARS             TOTAL
- -----------------                  ------             -----             -------             -----

Real estate-farmland               $    500,000                --               --          500,000
Real estate-construction              1,188,288                --               --        1,188,288
Real estate-residential               8,812,860        12,242,768        1,910,261       22,965,889
Real estate-multi-family                206,527         1,195,095          547,321        1,948,943
Real estate-commercial               12,140,767        54,317,415        5,914,078       72,372,260
Commercial                            3,657,673         4,966,674          460,111        9,084,458
Consumer installment                    343,577           454,094               --          797,671
                                  -------------     -------------  -----------------   -------------

Total                               $26,849,692        73,176,046        8,831,771      108,857,509

</TABLE>


     The following shows the amount of loans due after one year that have fixed,
variable or adjustable interest rates at December 31, 1997:

       Loans with fixed predetermined interest rates      $69,003,743
       Loans with variable or adjustable interest rates    $13,004,074


<PAGE>

     The Bank's real  estate loan  portfolio,  which is  concentrated  primarily
within the  greater  Lehigh and  Delaware  Valleys  (Eastern  Pennsylvania),  is
subject to risks associated with the local economy.

     The Bank continues to pursue new commercial  banking  relationships  and to
develop new products to meet the credit needs of the  community.  The production
of commercial loans is directly  related to the number of lenders.  Accordingly,
the Bank  continues to hire  commercial  loan  officers and plans to add more as
future opportunities exist.

Allowance for Loan Losses

     The  determination of an appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses
is based upon an analysis  of the risk  inherent  in PBI's loan  portfolio,  and
considers various factors,  including current economic  conditions,  actual loss
experience  and the current risk  profile of the  portfolio  which is based,  in
part,  on the  composition  of loan  types  within the  portfolio.  Each loan is
assigned a specific  loan loss  reserve  using a scoring  system.  This  scoring
system takes into consideration collateral type and value, loan to value ratios,
the  borrower's  risk  rating  and other  factors.  Borrower  risk  ratings  are
determined  by loan  officers at the  inception  of each loan and are subject to
on-going analysis and update.  Homogeneous  loans,  comprised  primarily of home
equity and nonreal estate secured consumer loans, are analyzed in the aggregate.
Since the Bank is less than six years old with a limited history of loan losses,
management also uses peer group analysis to gauge the overall  reasonableness of
its loan loss reserves.

     In  addition,   regulatory  authorities,  as  an  integral  part  of  their
examinations,  periodically  review  the  allowance  for loan  losses.  They may
require  additions to the allowance based upon their judgments about information
available to them at the time of examination.

     While  the  allowance  is  primarily  determined  and  calculated  based on
specific loans or loan categories,  the total allowance is considered  available
for losses in the entire loan  portfolio.  While PBI believes that its allowance
is  adequate  to cover  losses  in the loan  portfolio,  there  remain  inherent
uncertainties  regarding  future economic  events and their potential  impact on
asset quality.

     A loan is considered impaired,  based on current information and events, if
it is  probable  that PBI will be unable to collect  the  scheduled  payments of
principal or interest  when due according to the  contractual  terms of the loan
agreement.  The  measurement of impaired loans is generally based on the present
value of expected future cash flows  discounted at the effective  interest rate,
except that all collateral-dependent  loans are measured for impairment based on
the fair value of the  collateral.  At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the recorded
investment in loans for which  impairment has been recognized  totaled  $497,734
and $870,961, respectively, of which $497,734 and $507,140 related to loans with
a corresponding valuation allowance of $50,823 and $126,785,  respectively. Most
of the loans identified as impaired are collateral-dependent.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                       ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSS ALLOCATION

<CAPTION>

December 31,                                          1997                                       1996
- -------------                                         ----                                       ----
                                                                    % OF LOANS                           % OF LOANS
                                                                            TO                                  TO
                                               AMOUNT              TOTAL LOANS           AMOUNT           TOTAL LOANS
                                              -------              -----------           ------          ------------ 
<S>                                          <C>                   <C>               <C>                  <C>  
Balance at end of period
 applicable to:
  Real estate-farmland                     $    5,026                    0.46%       $     --                --
  Real estate-construction                     37,297                    1.09%           94,901              2.35%
  Real estate-residential                     271,697                   21.10%          201,055             23.67%
  Real estate-multi-family                     18,785                    1.79%           12,960              1.37%
  Real estate commercial                      875,503                   66.48%          559,291             63.47%
  Commercial                                  141,718                    8.35%           75,866              8.26%
  Consumer installment                         10,122                    0.73%           16,869              0.88%
                                               ------                    -----           ------              -----

  Total                                    $1,360,148                  100.00%           $960,672          100.00%
                                           ==========                  =======           ========          =======

</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                            ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     1997                      1996
- -----------------------                     ----                      ----
<S>                                <C>                             <C>
Balance, January 1                 $      960,672                     738,313
Charge-offs:
  Real estate-commercial                  --                          125,000
  Consumer installment                        524                       2,641
                                    --------------                   ---------

Total charge-offs                             524                     127,641
Provision for loan losses                 400,000                     350,000
                                   --------------                   ---------

Balance, December 31               $    1,360,148                     960,672
                                   ==============                     =======

Total gross loans
  Average                          $   95,403,549                   68,770,995
  Year-end                            108,857,509                   83,084,586

Ratios
Charge-offs to:
  Average loans                                --                       0.19%
  Loans at year-end                            --                       0.15%
  Allowance for loan los                    0.04%                      13.29%
  Provision for loan losses                 0.13%                      36.47%

Allowance for loan losses to:
  Total gross loans at year-end             1.25%                       1.16%
  Non-performing loans                    209.64%                      88.75%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Non-Performing Assets

     Non-performing  assets are  defined as  accruing  loans past due 90 days or
more,  non-accruing  loans,  restructured  loans,  and other real estate  owned.
Non-performing  assets represented .67% and .96% of total assets at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively.

     Non-accrual  loans are those on which the accrual of  interest  has ceased.
Loans are  placed on  non-accrual  status  immediately  if,  in the  opinion  of
management,  collection is doubtful.  Interest accrued, but not collected at the
date a loan is placed on  non-accrual  status,  is reversed and charged  against
interest income.  Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding
principal or recorded as interest income,  depending on management's  assessment
of ultimate collectibility of principal and interest.

     Included in the loan  portfolio  are  non-accruing  loans of  $497,734  and
$870,961  at  December  31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  If interest  had been
accrued  throughout  the period on these  loans,  interest  income for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, would have increased approximately $51,900 and
$80,434,  respectively.  There was no interest income on these loans included in
net  income in 1997.  In 1996,  $10,101  in  interest  income  was  recorded  on
non-accrual loans.

     Other real estate owned totaled  $638,286 at December 31, 1997 and $389,253
at  December  31,  1996.  This real  estate is recorded at the fair value of the
property less estimated costs to sell.

                              NON-PERFORMING ASSETS


December 31,                                       1997                   1996
- ------------                                       ----                   ----
Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing
  Real estate-construction                      $146,492               $210,623
  Consumer installment                             4,576                    820
 Total loans past due 90 days or
 more and accruing                               151,068                211,443
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis
  Real estate-construction                       299,200                299,200
 Commercial                                      919,534                571,761
 Consumer installment                              7,000                     --
                                               ---------           ------------
     Total non-accural loans                     497,734                870,961
Real estate owned                                638,286                389,253
                                                 -------                -------

     Total non-performing assets              $1,287,088             $1,471,657
                                              ==========             ==========

Total as a percentage of total assets              0.67%                  0.96%

<PAGE>

Deposits

     The Bank, a traditional community-based bank, is largely dependent upon its
base of  competitively  priced core deposits to provide a stable funding source.
The Bank has  retained  and grown its customer  base since  inception  through a
combination of price, quality service, convenience, and a stable and experienced
staff.  Core deposits,  which exclude time deposits greater than $100,000,  were
$129,528,602  or 90.2% of total  deposits  at  December  31,  1997.  Total  time
deposits as of December 31, 1997 were $73,959,391 or 51.5% of total deposits, of
which  $23,511,623  mature  after one  year.  Depending  on  market  conditions,
management  prices its time deposits in an effort to lengthen the  maturities of
deposit  liabilities  beyond  one year.  Over the  twelve  month  period  ending
December 31, 1997,  the Bank  experienced  a strong  retention  rate on maturing
certificates of deposit.

     PBI  primarily  attracts  deposits  from within its market area by offering
various deposit products, including demand deposits, interest checking accounts,
money market accounts,  savings accounts and time deposits.  Recently  financial
institutions have been challenged to increase core deposits.  Record performance
by the U.S.  stock markets and the  proliferation  of mutual funds have absorbed
much of the domestic savings dollars.

     Total deposits  increased  21.6% to $143,603,202 at December 31, 1997, from
$118,093,242  at year end 1996.  An analysis  of the change in average  deposits
provides a more  meaningful  measure of deposit  change.  Average total deposits
increased $29,593,542 or 29.0% in 1997 and $28,812,824 or 39.3% in 1996. Average
non-interest-bearing  deposits  increased  $2,401,105  or 33.5% to $9,576,018 in
1997  and  $2,092,237  or  41.2%  in  1996 to  $7,174,913.  Non-interest-bearing
deposits  are an  important  source of funds for a bank  because  they lower the
bank's overall  deposit costs.  Average  interest  checking  accounts  increased
$2,650,240  or 42.9% in 1997 to  $8,829,154  and  $1,421,137 or 29.9% in 1996 to
$6,178,914.  Average time deposits  increased  $18,559,882  or 36.3% in 1997 and
$13,916,606  or 37.4% in 1996,  while  average money market  accounts  increased
$160,868 or 11.7% in 1997 and decreased  $434,664 or 24.0% in 1996. The yield on
PBI's money market accounts was basically  unchanged during 1997. To date, money
market  accounts have not been a significant  source of funds for the Bank. Time
deposits are generally more sensitive to rising rates as financial  institutions
are more likely to increase rates on these deposits as opposed to


<PAGE>

non-maturity  deposits.  Additional deposit growth will be accomplished  through
deposit  promotions,   business   development   programs  and  continued  branch
expansion.
<TABLE>


                    AVERAGE DEPOSITS BY MAJOR CLASSIFICATION
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   1997                                             1996
- -----------------------                   ----                                             ----
                                          BALANCE                RATE              BALANCE        RATE
<S>                                <C>                           <C>          <C>                  <C>
Noninterest-bearing deposits        $      9,576,018              --          $  7,174,913          --
Interest checking                          8,829,154              2.54%          6,178,914          2.44%
Money market deposit accounts              1,535,182              2.54%          1,374,314          2.51%
Savings accounts                          42,107,494              3.92%          36,286,047         4.16%
Time deposits                             69,725,010              5.71%          51,165,128         5.66%
                                          ----------             -----          ---------------    -------

  Total                             $    131,772,858              4.45%       $  102,179,316        4.46%
                                    ==================            =====       ==============        =====
</TABLE>

                  MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE


YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                  1997

Three months or less                             $    5,810,476
Over three through six months                         1,770,437
Over six through twelve months                        2,884,071
Over twelve months                                    3,609,616
                                                      ---------

  Total                                          $   14,074,600
                                                 ==============

     At year end 1997 time deposits greater than $100,000 included $3,000,000 of
public funds  deposits  from one  municipality  which was secured by  investment
securities.

Capital Adequacy

     A strong capital  position is  fundamental to support the continued  growth
and  profitability  of the  institution.  In  addition,  the Bank is  subject to
various  regulatory  capital   requirements  as  issued  by  banking  regulatory
authorities.   Regulatory  capital  is  defined  in  terms  of  Tier  I  capital
(shareholders' equity excluding unrealized gains or losses on available for sale
securities and certain  intangible  assets),  Tier II capital (which  includes a
portion of the allowance for loan losses and certain other instruments including
subordinated  debt), and total capital (Tier I plus Tier II). Risk-based capital
ratios are  expressed as a percentage  of  risk-weighted  assets.  Risk-weighted
assets are determined by assigning various weights to all assets and off-balance
sheet  arrangements,  such as letters of credit and loan  commitments,  based on
associated  risk.  Regulators  have also adopted  minimum Tier I leverage  ratio
standards, which measure the ratio of Tier I capital to total assets.

<PAGE>

     At December  31,  1997,  the Bank  believes it was in  compliance  with all
applicable   regulatory   capital   requirements   to  be  classified  as  "well
capitalized"  pursuant  to the  FDIC  regulations.  PBI  plans to  remain  "well
capitalized" and manages the Bank accordingly.

         The following  table depicts the Bank's  capital  components and ratios
along with the  "adequately" and "well"  capitalized  criteria as defined by the
regulators.
<TABLE>

                               CAPITAL COMPONENTS
<CAPTION>


DECEMBER 31,                             1997                       1996
- ------------                             ----                       ----
<S>                                <C>                             <C>                       
Tier I
Shareholders' equity                $ 10,328,646                    8,942,793
Intangible assets                           --                        (24,000)
Net unrealized security gains            (52,175)                      (6,799)
                                   --------------                   ----------

Total Tier I                        $ 10,276,471                    8,911,994
                                    ============                    =========

Tier II
Allowable portion of the
   allowance for loan losses        $  1,360,148                      960,672
Allowable portion of
   subordinated debt                   1,500,000                         --
                                    -------------                   ---------

Total Tier II                       $  2,860,148                      960,672
                                    =============                 ===========

Total capital                       $ 13,136,619                    9,872,666
                                    =============                 ===========
Risk-weighted assets                 120,736,000                   90,600,000
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                                 CAPITAL RATIOS
<CAPTION>

                          ACTUAL         ACTUAL          "ADEQUATELY"                   "WELL"
DECEMBER 31,               1997           1996        CAPITALIZED RATIOS           CAPITALIZED RATIOS
- ------------           ------------   ------------    ------------------           ------------------

<S>                     <C>             <C>                 <C>                         <C>                 
Total risk-based
 capital/
risk-weighted
  assets                 10.88%          10.90%             8.00%                        10.00%

Tier I capital/
risk-weighted
 assets                   8.51%           9.84%             4.00%                         6.00%

Tier I capital/
average assets
 (leverage ratio)         5.45%           5.80%             4.00%                         5.00%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     The future  dividend  policy of the Company is subject to the discretion of
the Board of  Directors  and will  depend  upon a number of  factors,  including
future  earnings,   financial  conditions,  cash  needs,  and  general  business
conditions. Holders of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends as and
when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally  available for that
purpose.  The Company is  restricted  as to the amount of dividends  that it can
payholders  of its  common  stock by virtue of the  restrictions  on the  Bank's
abilityto  pay  dividends  to the  Company.  Payment of dividends by the Bank is
subject to the regulatory  restrictions  set forth in the  Pennsylvania  Banking
Code  of  1965,  the  Federal  Reserve  Act and the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation Act.

     The  Pennsylvania  Banking Code of 1965  provides  that cash  dividends may
bedeclared and paid only out of accumulated net earnings which are $2,384,881 at
December 31, 1997.  Cash dividends must be approved by the Federal Reserve Board
if the total of all cash  dividends  declared by the Bank in any calendar  year,
including  the  proposed  cash  dividend,  exceeds  the total of the  Bank's net
profits for that year plus its  retained  net  profits  from the  preceding  two
yearsless  any  required  transfers to surplus or a fund for the  retirement  of
preferredstock,  if any. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act generally
prohibitsall  payments  of  dividends  by any bank  which is in  default  of any
assessment  of the FDIC.  As of December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the Bank was not in
default of any FDIC assessments.

     As a practical matter, the Company has not, nor plans to pay cash dividends
in the foreseeable  future.  All earnings are being retained to help finance the
continued  growth  of the  institution.  The  growth  rate  of  the  institution
continues to exceed returns on equity. If this trend continues, the Company will
need additional  capital.  The formation of the holding company in November 1997
was largely for the purpose of providing additional capital raising alternatives
which the Company will consider in 1998 and beyond.  In January  1997,  the Bank
issued  $1,500,000  in  subordinated  debt to  supplement  its Tier II and total
capital ratios in order to remain "well capitalized".

     Capital Leverage Strategy

     The Bank intends to maintain  its  classification  as a "well  capitalized"
bank as  defined  by its  regulators.  Current  capital  levels  exceed all such
regulatory requirements. A portion of this "excess" capital has been temporarily
deployed through the use of a capital leverage strategy whereby the Bank invests
in high  quality  mortgage-backed  securities,  municipal,  corporate  and  U.S.
government   agency   securities   ("leverage   assets")  funded  by  short  and
intermediate  term  borrowings  principally  from  the FHLB of  Pittsburgh.  The
capital  leverage  strategy  generates  additional  earnings  for the Company by
virtue of a positive  interest  rate spread  between  the yield on the  leverage
assets and the cost of the  borrowings.  This positive spread is created because
the  average  term  to  maturity  of the  leverage  assets  exceeds  that of the
borrowings  used to fund their  purchase.  The net interest income earned on the
leverage  strategy  would be  expected  to  decline  in a rising  interest  rate
environment.  To date,  the capital  leverage  strategy has been  undertaken  in
accordance with limits established by the Board of Directors, aimed at enhancing
profitability under moderate levels of interest rate exposure.


<PAGE>


Liquidity

     Liquidity represents an institution's ability to generate cash or otherwise
obtain funds at reasonable rates to satisfy commitments to borrowers and demands
of depositors.  The Company's  primary  sources of funds are deposits,  proceeds
from principal and interest  payments on loans,  mortgage-backed  securities and
investments,  and  borrowings.  While  maturities and scheduled  amortization of
loans and investments  are a predictable  source of funds,  deposit flows,  loan
prepayments  and  mortgage-backed   securities  prepayments  are  influenced  by
interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

     The primary asset deployment  activities of the Bank are the origination of
loans  secured by real  estate,  and the purchase of  mortgage-backed  and other
securities.  During the year ended  December 31, 1997, the Bank's loan portfolio
grew  $26,737,265 as compared to an increase of  $22,588,404  for the year ended
December 31, 1996.  Purchases of  mortgage-backed  and other securities  totaled
$54,644,870 for the year ended December 31, 1997 compared to $60,402,105 for the
year ended December 31, 1996.  These activities were funded primarily by deposit
growth  and  borrowings,  principal  repayments  on  loans  and  mortgage-backed
securities,  and by sales  and calls of  investments.  Principal  repayments  on
mortgage-backed  securities  totaled  $11,673,262 during the year ended December
31,  1997,  compared  to  $10,085,629  for the year  ended  December  31,  1996.
Investment  securities  which  were  called  and  repaid by the  issuer  totaled
$3,000,000 and $2,000,000,  respectively, during the fiscal years ended December
31, 1997 and 1996.

     In  addition,  the Bank  uses  overnight  fed  funds  and  interest-bearing
deposits in other banks to absorb daily excess liquidity.  Conversely, overnight
fed funds may be purchased to satisfy daily liquidity  needs. Fed funds are sold
or  purchased  overnight  through a  correspondent  bank which  diversifies  the
holdings to an approved group of commercial banks throughout the country.

     Deposits  increased  $25,509,960  and  $25,286,040  during the years  ended
December  31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Deposit  flows are  affected by the
level of  interest  rates,  the  interest  rates and  products  offered by local
competitors,  and other factors. Deposit growth over the past two years has been
achieved primarily through aggressive pricing, direct marketing,  the maturation
of  existing  branches  and branch  expansion.  Recent  bank  mergers  have also
resulted in new  deposits for the Bank as many  customers  switched to community
banks as an alternative to the larger financial  institutions.  In addition, the
Southampton branch was opened in February 1997. The Southampton branch had total
deposits in excess of $9,000,000 at December 31, 1997.  Certificates  of deposit
which are scheduled to mature in one year or less from December 31, 1997 totaled
$50,447,768.  Based upon the  Company's  current  pricing  strategy  and deposit
retention  experience,  management  believes that a significant  portion of such
deposits  will remain with the Company.  Net  borrowings  increased  $12,702,172
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, with the majority of this growth
in  borrowings  from  the  FHLB of  Pittsburgh.  As part  of its  master  credit
agreement, the FHLB maintains a blanket lien against all assets of the Bank.

     Shareholders'  equity increased  $1,491,044  during the year ended December
31, 1997. The increase was  principally  attributed to net income of $1,340,957.
Stock options exercised in December 1997 contributed $105,192 to capital.

<PAGE>

     The Bank is required to maintain a minimum  average daily balance of liquid
assets and short-term liquid assets as a percentage of net withdrawable  deposit
accounts plus short-term borrowings as defined by the Federal Reserve Board. The
reserve balance  maintained in accordance with such  requirement was $751,000 as
of December 31, 1997. The Bank was also required to maintain $300,000 on deposit
with its correspondent bank at year end 1997.

     The  Bank  monitors  its  liquidity  position  on  a  daily  basis.  Excess
short-term  liquidity is invested in overnight  federal  funds sales through its
primary  correspondent  bank.  In the event that the Bank should  require  funds
beyond its ability to generate them internally,  additional sources of funds are
available  through the use of one of the  following:  $2,000,000  unsecured  fed
funds  line of  credit  with  Atlantic  Central  Bankers  Bank  or,  the  Bank's
$58,704,000 borrowing limit at the FHLB of Pittsburgh.  The Bank could also sell
or borrow  against  investment  securities.  At December 31, 1997,  the Bank had
$27,500,000 in borrowings outstanding at the FHLB of Pittsburgh.  The Bank had a
remaining unused borrowing capacity from the FHLB of Pittsburgh of $31,204,000.

     In 1998 the Bank plans to exercise the  purchase  options on its leases for
both its  Doylestown and Easton  offices.  Also, the Bank plans to construct its
Yardley branch on land already owned.  Such capital  expenditures will aggregate
approximately $2,000,000 in 1998.

Year 2000 Issues

     The following  section  contains  forward-looking  statements which involve
risks and uncertainties. The actual impact on the Company of the Year 2000 issue
could  materially  differ from that which is anticipated in the  forward-looking
statements as a result of certain factors identified below.

     The "Year 2000 Problem" (Y2K) arose because many existing computer programs
use only  the last two  digits  to refer to a year.  Therefore,  these  computer
programs do not  properly  recognize a year that begins with "20" instead of the
familiar "19". If not corrected, many computer applications could fail or create
erroneous  results  by or at the year  2000.  This  could  cause  entire  system
failures,  miscalculations,   and  disruptions  of  normal  business  operations
including,  among other things, a temporary  inability to process  transactions,
generate  statements,  compute payments,  interest or delinquency,  or engage in
similar daily  business  activities.  The extent of the potential  impact of the
Year 2000 Problem is not yet known, and if not timely corrected, it could affect
the global economy.

     The Bank is subject to the  regulation  and  oversight  of various  banking
regulators,  whose  oversight  includes the  provision  of specific  timetables,
programs and guidance regarding Year 2000 issues.  Regulatory examination of the
Bank's Year 2000  programs are  conducted  on a quarterly  basis and reports are
submitted  by the  Bank  to the  banking  regulators  on a  periodic  basis.  In
addition, oral reports are currently provided on a monthly basis to the Board of
Directors.

<PAGE>

     Company's State of Readiness

     Management  is committed to ensuring that the  Company's  daily  operations
suffer little or no impact from the century date change. The Company has applied
due diligence throughout the Y2K process,  following the guidelines contained in
the series of Federal Financial Institutions  Examinations Council's Interagency
Guidelines  and the SEC's  Release No.  33-7558.  The  guidelines  identify  the
following phases: awareness,  assessment,  renovation or remediation, testing or
validation and implementation.

     Based on an ongoing assessment,  the Company has determined that it will be
required  to modify or replace  portions of its  software  so that its  computer
systems will properly use dates beyond December 31, 1999. The Company  presently
believes that as a result of modifications to existing software and hardware and
conversions to new software, the Year 2000 Problem can be mitigated. However, if
such  modifications  and  conversions  are not made,  or are not  completed on a
timely basis,  the Year 2000 Problem could have a material adverse impact on the
operations of the Company.

     Management  has  initiated  an  enterprise-wide   program  to  prepare  the
Company's  computer  systems and applications for the Year 2000. The Company has
developed a comprehensive  inventory of all PC based  applications,  third-party
relationships,  environmental  systems,  proprietary  programs and  non-computer
related  systems  (such  as  postage  meters  and  fax  machines).  The  Company
recognizes that the Bank's operating,  processing and accounting  operations are
computer reliant and could be affected by the Y2K issue and has developed a plan
to make the systems Y2K ready and to conduct  testing on them by March 1999.  As
of September 30, 1998, approximately 80% of the Company's systems were Year 2000
ready, with all systems expected to be ready by March 1999.

     The Company has acquired  its  mission-critical  system which  supports the
Company's core business  processes from a highly  regarded  third-party  vendor.
This vendor  began in 1997 and  completed  by October  1998  renovations  to its
systems to make them Y2K ready.  The  remediated  software was placed into daily
production in September 1998.  Beginning in November 1998, the Bank,  along with
other clients of this vendor, will begin  comprehensive  testing of the system's
Y2K  readiness.  Such testing is  anticipated  to be completed in January  1999.
However,   because   most   computer   systems   are,  by  their  very   nature,
interdependent,  it is possible that  noncompliant  third-party  computers could
impact the Company's  computer systems.  The Company could be adversely affected
by the Y2K problem if it or unrelated  parties fail to successfully  address the
problem.  The Company has taken steps to communicate with the unrelated  parties
with whom it deals to coordinate Year 2000 compliance. Additionally, the Company
is dependent on external  suppliers,  such as, wire transfer systems,  telephone
systems,  electric  companies,  and other utility  companies for continuation of
service.  The Company is also  assessing  the impact,  if any,  the century date
change may have on its credit risk.

     The  Company  has  initiated  communications  with  all of its  significant
vendors,  suppliers  and large  commercial  customers to determine the extent to
which the Company is vulnerable to those third-parties'  failure to remedy their
own Year 2000 Problems.  The Y2K Project Manager has available each vendors' Y2K
readiness efforts which includes their remediation  plan,  renovation  approach,
testing  methodologies  and target dates. In the event that any of the Company's
significant


<PAGE>

vendors,  suppliers and large commercial  customers do not successfully  achieve
Year 2000  compliance in a timely manner,  the Company's  business or operations
could be adversely  affected.  If  significant  suppliers fail to meet Year 2000
operating requirements, the Company intends to engage alternative suppliers. For
insignificant  vendors,  the Company will not necessarily validate that they are
Year 2000 compliant.  However,  for any  insignificant  vendor who responds that
they will not be compliant by March 1999,  the Company will seek a new vendor or
system that is compliant.  The Bank has surveyed its large commercial  customers
as to their Y2K  preparedness.  At the present  time,  in excess of 95% of these
surveys have been returned. Respondents have acknowledged their awareness of Y2K
issues and currently  believe that these issues will not materially affect their
financial condition,  liquidity,  or results of operations.  The extent to which
customers  are Y2K  compliant  is  considered  in the Bank's  decision to extend
credit.

     Costs of Year 2000

     As of  September  30, 1998,  $31,000 has been  expended as Year 2000 costs.
Management  expects to spend a total of $150,000 for the entire project.  Of the
total project's cost,  approximately  $75,000 is attributable to the purchase of
new software which will be capitalized.  The remaining  $75,000 will be expensed
as incurred  over the next 15 months.  The  estimated  Year 2000  project  costs
include the costs and time  associated  with the impact of  third-parties'  Year
2000 issues, and are based on presently available information. The total cost of
the project is being funded through  operating cash flows. The Company continues
to evaluate appropriate courses of corrective action,  including  replacement of
certain  systems  whose  associated  costs  would  be  recorded  as  assets  and
amortized.  Accordingly,  the Company does not expect the amounts required to be
expensed  over the next 15 months  to have a  material  effect on the  financial
position  or  results  of  operations.  The  Company  believes  that the cost of
addressing the Y2K issues will not be a material event or uncertainty that would
cause reported financial information not to be necessarily  indicative of future
operating  results  or  financial  conditions.  However,  if  compliance  is not
achieved  in a timely  manner by the Company or any of its  significant  related
third-parties,  be it a supplier of services  or  customer,  the Y2K issue could
possibly  have a  material  effect on the  Company's  operations  and  financial
position.  The Company believes that the costs or the consequences of incomplete
or untimely resolution of its Year 2000 issues do not represent a known material
event or uncertainty  that is reasonably  likely to affect its future  financial
results,  or cause its  reported  financial  information  not to be  necessarily
indicative of future operating results or future financial condition.

     The  cost of the  projects  and the  date on  which  the  Company  plans to
complete  both Year 2000  modifications  and  systems  conversions  are based on
management's best estimates,  which were derived utilizing numerous  assumptions
of future  events  including the continued  availability  of certain  resources,
third-party  modification  plans and  other  factors.  However,  there can be no
guarantee that these  estimates will be achieved and actual results could differ
materially  from those plans.  Specific  factors that might cause such  material
differences  include,  but are not  limited  to,  the  availability  and cost of
personnel  trained in this area,  the ability to locate and correct all relevant
computer codes, and similar uncertainties.

<PAGE>

     Risks of Year 2000

     At present,  management  believes  it's progress in remedying the Company's
systems,  programs and applications and installing Y2K compliant  upgrades is on
target.  The Y2K computer  problem  creates risk for the Company from unforeseen
problems in its own computer  systems and from  third-party  vendors who provide
the  majority  of  mainframe  and PC based  computer  applications.  Failure  of
third-party  systems  relative to the Y2K issue could have a material  impact on
the Company's ability to conduct business.

     Contingency Plans

     The  Company is in the  process of  obtaining  back-up  service  providers,
working up  contingency  plans and assessing the potential  adverse risks to the
Company.  The  Company's  contingency  plans  involve the use of manual labor to
compensate for the loss of certain automated computer systems and inconveniences
caused by disruption in command systems.

     A  contingency  plan will be developed  for  mission-critical  and required
mainframe and PC based applications,  third-party  relationships,  environmental
systems, proprietary programs and non-computer related systems. This contingency
plan will identify scheduled completion dates, test dates and trigger dates.

     A business resumption  contingency plan is currently under development with
a target  completion  date of June 1999.  The resumption  contingency  plan will
calculate a risk factor for each core business line and/or  product.  Based upon
the calculated risk factor,  such business  resumption  contingency plan will be
designed and tested.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

     The  financial  statements  and notes  thereto  presented  herein have been
prepared in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  which
generally require the measurement of financial position and operating results in
terms of  historical  dollars  without  considering  the changes in the relative
purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is
reflected in the  increased  cost of the Bank's  operations.  Unlike  industrial
companies,  nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the Bank are monetary in
nature.  As a  result,  interest  rates  have a  greater  impact  on the  Bank's
performance  than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates
do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price
of goods and services.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Reporting Comprehensive Income

     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued
Statement No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income." This statement establishes
standards  for  the  reporting  and  display  of  comprehensive  income  and its
components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements.  Statement No.
130  requires  that the  components  of  comprehensive  income be  reported in a
financial  statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other
financial statements.

<PAGE>

This Statement does not require a specific format for that financial  statement,
but requires that an  enterprise  display an amount  representing  comprehensive
income  for the  period  in  that  financial  statement.  Statement  No.  130 is
effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1997.  All financial
statements included herein reflect the provisions of Statement No. 130.

Operating Segment Disclosure

     In June  1997,  the FASB  issued  Statement  No.  131,  "Disclosures  About
Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related   Information."   Statement  No.  131
establishes  standards  for the way  that  public  business  enterprises  report
information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires
that those enterprises  report selected  information about operating segments in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders.  It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services,  geographic areas and major
customers.  Statement No. 131 is effective for periods  beginning after December
15,  1997.  The impact,  if any,  of the  Statement  on the Company  would be to
require additional disclosures in the Company's financial statements.

Employers' Disclosures about Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

     In  February  1998,  the  FASB  issued   Statement  No.  132,   "Employers'
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits," which amends the
disclosure   requirements  of  Statement  No.  87,  "Employers'  Accounting  for
Pensions,"  Statement  No.  88,  "Employers'   Accounting  for  Settlements  and
Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits," and
Statement No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than
Pensions."  Statement  No. 132 is applicable  to all  entities.  This  Statement
standardizes  the  disclosure  requirements  of Statement Nos. 87 and 106 to the
extent  practicable and recommends a parallel format for presenting  information
about  pensions  and  other  postretirement  benefits.  Statement  No.  132 only
addresses  disclosure  and does not  change any of the  measurement  recognition
provisions of Statement  Nos. 87, 88, and 106.  This  Statement is effective for
fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15, 1997.  Restatement  of  comparative
period  disclosures is required unless the information is not readily available,
in which case the notes to the financial  statements shall include all available
information and a description of information not available.  The impact, if any,
of this Statement on the Company would be to require  additional  disclosures in
the Company's financial statements.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     In June 1998, the FASB issued  Statement No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities".  This Statement standardizes the accounting
for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments imbedded in
other  contracts,  and those used for hedging  activities,  by requiring that an
entity  recognize  those  items as assets or  liabilities  in the  statement  of
financial  position and measure them at fair value.  The  Statement  categorized
derivatives  used for hedging  purposes as either fair value  hedges,  cash flow
hedges,  foreign currency fair value hedges,  foreign currency cash flow hedges,
or hedges  of  certain  foreign  currency  exposures.  The  Statement  generally
provides for matching of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with
the  recognition  of the  changes  in the  fair  value  of the  hedged  asset or
liability  that are  attributable  to the hedged  risk,  so long as the hedge is
effective. Prospective application of Statement No. 133 is


<PAGE>

required for all fiscal years  beginning  after June 15, 1999,  however  earlier
application  is permitted.  Currently,  the Company does not use any  derivative
instruments  nor does it engage in any hedging  activities.  The Company has not
yet determined the impact,  if any, of this Statement,  including its provisions
for the  potential  reclassifications  of  investment  securities,  on earnings,
financial condition or equity.

Accounting for  Mortgage-backed  Securities Retained after the Securitization of
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise

     In October  1998,  the FASB  issued  Statement  No.  134,  "Accounting  for
Mortgage-backed  Securities  Retained after the Securitization of Mortgage Loans
Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking  Enterprise".  This Statement  requires that
after the  securitization of a mortgage loan held for sale, an entity engaged in
mortgage banking  activities  classify any retained  mortgage-backed  securities
based on the ability and intent to sell or hold those investments, except that a
mortgage   banking   enterprise   must   classify   as  trading   any   retained
mortgage-backed  securities  that  it  commits  to sell  before  or  during  the
securitization process. This Statement is effective for the first fiscal quarter
beginning after January 30, 1999 with earlier adoption permitted. This Statement
provides a one-time  opportunity  for an enterprise to reclassify,  based on the
ability and intent on the date of adoption  of this  Statement,  mortgage-backed
securities  and other  beneficial  interests  retained after  securitization  of
mortgage  loans held for sale from the trading  category,  except for those with
commitments in place. The Company has not yet determined the impact,  if any, of
this  Statement,  including,  if  applicable,  its  provisions for the potential
reclassifications  of certain  investment  securities,  on  earnings,  financial
condition or equity.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                                        SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
<CAPTION>

                                               QUARTERS ENDING 1997

                                        DEC 31             SEPT 30           JUNE 30           MARCH 31
                                        ------             -------           -------           --------

<S>                                 <C>                     <C>            <C>                <C>           
Interest income                      $  3,685,112           3,519,620        3,233,895         3,010,065
Interest expense                        2,066,718           1,993,421        1,798,756         1,673,576
                                     ------------           ---------        ---------         ---------   

Net interest income                     1,618,394           1,526,199        1,435,139         1,336,489
Provision for loan losses                 120,000             105,000          100,000            75,000
Non-interest income                        16,183              56,471           37,414            39,859
Non-interest expense                      969,556             958,675          934,016           872,944
                                     ------------          ----------       ----------         ---------

Income before income tax                  545,021             518,995          438,537           428,404
Income tax expense                        150,000             160,000          145,000           135,000
                                     ------------          ----------       ----------         ---------

Net income                           $    395,021             358,995          293,537           293,404
                                     ============          ==========       ==========         =========       

Basic earnings per share                     0.15                0.14             0.11              0.11
Diluted earnings per share                   0.14                0.13             0.11              0.11

<CAPTION>
                                                QUARTERS ENDING 1996

                                         DEC 31             SEPT 30               JUNE 30         MARCH 31
                                         ------             -------               -------         --------

Interest income                      $  2,825,961           2,622,530        2,406,058         2,248,568
Interest expense                        1,558,278           1,453,354        1,311,562         1,220,278
                                     ------------           ---------        ---------         ---------

Net interest income                     1,267,683           1,169,176        1,094,496         1,028,290
Provision for loan losses                 210,000              62,500           37,500            40,000
Non-interest income                        41,188              52,604           42,119            72,220
Non-interest expense                      784,005             738,858          703,254           660,562
                                     ------------           ---------       ----------        ----------

Income before income tax                  314,866             420,422          395,861           399,948
Income tax expense                         52,711             141,000          124,000           117,751
                                     ------------           ---------       ----------        ----------

Net income                           $    262,155             279,422          271,861           282,197
                                     ============           =========       ==========        ==========          

Basic earnings per share                     0.10                0.11             0.10              0.11
Diluted earnings per share                   0.10                0.10             0.10              0.11

</TABLE>

     A $125,000  charge-off  for one borrower was recorded in December 1996. The
$210,000  provision  for loan losses in the fourth  quarter of 1996  included an
amount to replenish the allowance for loan losses for this charge-off.


<PAGE>
                                  LEGAL OPINION

     Shumaker Williams,  P.C., special counsel to the Company,  has delivered an
opinion  with  respect to, and will pass upon,  certain  issues  concerning  the
legality of the Shares being offered pursuant to the Offering.

                                     EXPERTS

     The  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and its subsidiary,
Premier  Bank,  as of  December  31,  1997 and 1996 and for the years then ended
included in this  Prospectus,  have been so included in reliance upon the report
of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, and upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

<PAGE>

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.

                                                                          Page

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Statements of Financial Condition as of September 30, 1998
  and December 31,1997.....................................................F-1

Statements of Income for the Three and Nine Months Ended
  September 30, 1998 and 1997..............................................F-2

Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended
  September 30, 1998 and 1997........................................F-3 - F-4

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
  STATEMENTS, SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED).........................F-5 - F-8

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT...............................................F-9

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Balance Sheets for Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996..................F-10

Statements of Income for Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996............F-11

Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income
  for Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996...............................F-12

Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended
  December 31, 1997 and 1996........................................F-13 - F-14

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..........................F-15 - F-38


<PAGE>

                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                                   (Unaudited)

                                   September 30, 1998       December 31, 1997
                                   ------------------       -----------------
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks             $     2,945,909               4,307,164
Federal funds sold                        2,200,000                      --
Interest-bearing deposits                   157,270                  85,823
                                                                 
                                    ---------------               ---------
  Total cash and cash equivalents         5,303,179               4,392,987
    
Investment securities:
  Held to maturity (fair value
   $9,880,118 in 1998 and
   $15,099,965 in 1997)                   9,854,181              15,169,638
  Available for sale (amortized
   cost of $84,182,403 in 1998
   and $62,355,084 in 1997)              83,535,485              62,434,137
Loans held for sale                         487,096                 197,944
Loans receivable (net of allowance for
   loan losses of $1,655,184 
   in 1998 and $1,360,148 in 1997)      128,298,723             107,172,526
Accrued interest receivable               1,869,126               1,451,899
Premises and equipment                    1,214,744               1,174,769
Real estate owned                           730,000                 638,286
Deferred taxes                              651,736                 404,906
Other assets                                613,104                 486,348
                                    ----------------          --------------
Total Assets                          $ 232,557,374             193,523,440
                                      =============             ===========

LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTEREST
 IN SUBSIDIARIES
 AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   
Liabilities:
    
Deposits                              $ 174,405,400             143,603,202
Borrowings                               27,655,218              34,842,740
Accrued interest payable                  1,980,465               1,346,123
Other liabilities                         5,881,026               1,797,538
Subordinated debt                         1,500,000               1,500,000
                                    ---------------           -------------
Total Liabilities                       211,422,109             183,089,603

Corporation-obligated mandatorily
 redeemable capital securities of
 subsidiary trust holding solely junior
 subordinated debentures of
 the Corporation                         10,000,000                      --

Shareholders' Equity:
Common stock - $0.33 par value;
 30,000,000 shares authorized;
  2,630,340 shares issued and
  outstanding in 1998 and 1997              876,780                 876,780
Additional paid-in capital                 7,120,00               7,120,001
Retained earnings                         3,565,450               2,384,881
Accumulated other comprehensive
 (loss) income                             (426,966)                 52,175
                                    ----------------         ---------------
Total Shareholders' Equity               11,135,265              10,433,837
                                    ---------------            ------------

Total liabilities, minority
 interest in subsidiaries and
 shareholders' equity                $  232,557,374             193,523,440
                                     ==============             ===========

     The accompanying  notes are an integral part of the consolidated  financial
statements.

                                      F-1

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                   (Unaudited)
<CAPTION>

                                                           For the three months           For the nine months
                                                           ended September 30,            ended September 30,
                                                           -------------------            ------------------- 
                                                           1998            1997           1998           1997
                                                           ----            ----           ----           ---- 
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>       
Interest income:
Loans                                                  $2,850,854       2,296,748       8,022,003      6,308,320
 Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits          36,099          26,000         145,982         63,227
 Investments:
   Taxable                                              1,254,583       1,138,209       3,360,173      3,206,072
   Tax-exempt                                             139,553          58,663         391,920        185,961
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------    -----------
Total interest income                                   4,281,089       3,519,620      11,920,078      9,763,580
                                                      -----------      ----------      ----------     ----------

Interest expense:
 Deposits                                               1,950,520       1,584,788       5,490,416      4,294,753
 Borrowings                                               351,875         408,633       1,078,113      1,171,000
                                                     ------------     -----------     -----------     ----------
Total interest expense                                  2,302,395       1,993,421       6,568,529      5,465,753
                                                      -----------      ----------     -----------     ----------

Net interest income                                     1,978,694       1,526,199       5,351,549      4,297,827
Provision for loan losses                                 120,000         105,000         355,000        280,000
                                                     ------------     -----------    ------------    -----------

Net interest income after loan loss provision           1,858,694       1,421,199       4,996,549      4,017,827
Non-interest income:
 Service charges and other fees                            41,082          38,648         132,026        108,177
 Gain, on sale of investment
   securities available for sale, net                      74,812          12,964          69,108         20,708
 Gain on sale of loans held for sale                        10,644          4,860          31,968          4,860
                                                     -------------  -------------   -------------  -------------
Total non-interest income                                 126,538          56,472         233,102        133,745

Non-interest expense:
 Salaries and employee benefits                           586,151         471,411       1,637,037      1,289,490
 Occupancy                                                104,469          97,476         303,847        299,373
 Data processing                                          120,088          99,198         332,540        287,022
 Professional services                                     82,660          82,709         222,430        211,171
 Marketing                                                 55,000          23,120         154,082        134,460
 Other                                                    293,943         184,761         700,214        544,119
 Minority interest in expense of subsidiaries             123,432              --         123,432              --
                                                     ----------------------------    ----------------------------
Total non-interest expense                              1,365,743         958,675       3,473,582      2,765,635
                                                      -----------     -----------     -----------     ----------

Income before income tax                                                  619,489         518,996      1,756,069           1,385,937
Income tax expense                                        200,000         160,000         575,500        440,000
                                                     ------------     -----------    ------------    -----------
Net income                                            $   419,489         358,996       1,180,569        945,937
                                                      ===========     ===========     ===========    ===========

 Earnings per share:
 Basic                                               $       0.16            0.14            0.45           0.36
 Diluted                                                     0.14            0.13            0.40           0.35
 Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
 Basic                                                  2,630,340       2,604,303       2,630,340      2,604,303
 Diluted                                                2,939,386       2,757,662       2,918,689      2,737,631

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

</TABLE>

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Unaudited)
<CAPTION>
                                                                   
For the nine months ended September 30,                                      1998                1997
- ---------------------------------------                                ----------------       ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>                    <C>  
Operating activities:
 Net income                                                           $   1,180,569          $   945,937
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash
 provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation expense                                                    162,070               128,222
   Provision for loan losses                                               355,000               280,000
   Writedown of real estate owned                                           77,460                    --
   Amortization of organization cost                                            --                24,000
   Amortization of premiums and discounts on investment
     securities held to maturity                                            13,336                12,496
   Amortization of premiums and discounts on investment
     securities available for sale                                         126,724               170,897
   Gain on sale of investment securities available for sale                (69,108)              (20,708)
   Gain on sale of loans held for sale                                     (31,968)               (4,860)
   Originations of loans held for sale                                  (5,008,100)           (1,147,554)
   Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale                             4,750,916             1,002,002
   Increase in accrued interest receivable                                (417,227)             (303,333)
   Increase in other assets                                               (126,756)             (554,845)
   Increase in deferred loan fees                                           77,516                69,504
   Increase in accrued interest payable                                    634,342               503,323
   Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                               4,083,488             (491,143)
                                                                      -------------          ------------

Net cash provided by operating activities                                 5,808,262              613,938
                                                                      --------------         -------------

Investing activities:
 Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale          74,503,245           18,900,322
 Repayment on investment securities available for sale                    7,643,374           10,182,093
 Purchase of investment securities available for sale                  (104,031,553)         (37,318,168)
 Repayment on investment securities held to maturity                      6,801,183              529,459
 Purchase of investment securities held to maturity                      (1,499,062)                  --
 Net increase in loans receivable                                       (21,808,714)         (20,144,477)
 Proceeds from sale of real estate owned                                     80,826              325,533
 Purchases of premises and equipment                                       (202,045)            (795,619)
                                                                       -------------        -------------

Net cash used in investing activities                                   (38,512,746)         (28,320,857)
                                                                        ------------         ------------

                                                  (continued on next page)
                                      F-3

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, Continued
                                   (Unaudited)
                                                                   
For the nine months ended September 30,                                      1998                1997
- ---------------------------------------                                ----------------       ----------

<S>                                                                   <C>                    <C>  
Financing activities:
 Net increase in deposits                                                30,802,198           22,695,645
 Net (decrease) increase in borrowings less than 90 days                (12,187,522)           5,426,550
 Proceeds from borrowings greater than 90 days                            5,000,000           34,000,000
 Repayment of borrowings greater than 90 days                                  --            (33,750,000)
 Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt                                   --              1,500,000
 Proceeds from issuance of capital securities                            10,000,000                  --
                                                                        ------------        -------------      

Net cash provided by financing activities                                33,614,676           29,872,195
                                                                       ------------          ------------

Increase in cash and cash equivalents                                      910,192             2,165,276
Cash and cash equivalents:
 Beginning of period                                                     4,392,987             2,330,389
                                                                      -------------         -------------

 End of period                                                           5,303,179             4,495,665
                                                                      =============         =============

Composed of:
 Cash and due from banks                                                 2,945,909             3,744,883
 Federal funds sold                                                      2,200,000               618,000
 Interest-bearing deposits                                                 157,270               132,782
                                                                      --------------        ------------- 

Total cash and cash equivalents                                       $  5,303,179             4,495,665
                                                                      ============           =============

Cash payments for:
 Interest expense                                                     $  5,934,188          $  4,962,430
 Taxes                                                                $    700,000          $    650,000
Supplemental disclosure of noncash activities:
 Change in unrealized net gain on securities available for sale           (479,141)               57,667
 Change in deferred tax asset related to securities available for sale     246,830               (29,706)
 Transfer of loans to real estate owned                                    297,064               963,819
</TABLE>

     The accompanying  notes are an integral part of the consolidated  financial
statements.

                                      F-4


<PAGE>
                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

Note 1 -- Organization

     Premier Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Company") was  incorporated  under the laws of
the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  on July 15, 1997. It was  reorganized  as a
registered one-bank holding company of Premier Bank (the "Bank") on November 17,
1997.  The  principal  business of the Company  through the Bank,  is commercial
banking and  consists  of,  among other  things,  attracting  deposits  from the
general  public and using these funds in making  loans  secured by real  estate,
commercial loans, and consumer loans, and purchasing investment securities.  The
Bank was organized in 1990 as a Pennsylvania state-chartered banking institution
and commenced  operations on April 24, 1992. The Bank is a member of the Federal
Reserve  System.  The Bank's  deposits are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the extent provided by law.

Note 2 -- Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

     The accompanying  unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared
in  accordance  with  instructions  for  quarterly  reports on Form  10-QSB and,
therefore,  do not include  information  or footnotes  necessary  for a complete
presentation of financial condition, results of operations, shareholders' equity
and cash flows in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.
However, the financial statements reflect all adjustments,  which in the opinion
of management are necessary for fair statement of financial results and that all
adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.  The results of operations for the
three and nine months  ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997 are not  necessarily
indicative of the results, which may be expected for the entire fiscal year.

Note 3 -- Principles of Consolidation

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of Premier
Bancorp,  Inc. and its wholly owned  subsidiaries:  Premier Bank and PBI Capital
Trust. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Note 4 -- Use of Estimates

     In preparing the consolidated financial statements,  management is required
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
from such estimates.  Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible to
significant  change in the near term include the  determination of the allowance
for loan losses, the realizability of deferred tax assets and the carrying value
of real estate owned.

                                      F-5

<PAGE>

Note 5 -- Earnings Per Share

     Earnings per share was calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share". Basic earnings per
share was  calculated  on the basis of weighted  average  number of shares after
giving  retroactive  effect  to the  three-to-one  stock  split  distributed  on
December  31,  1997.  Options to purchase  677,349 and 662,169  shares of common
stock  were  outstanding  at  September  30,  1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The
dilutive  effect of such options using the treasury stock method was included in
the computation of diluted earnings per share.

     The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the
basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           For the three months ended September 30, 1998
                                                                                      Per share
                                            Net income              Shares              Amount

<S>                                      <C>                     <C>                    <C>  
Basic earnings per share                    $  419,489            2,630,340              0.16
Effect of dilutive stock options                   --               309,046             (0.02)
                                        ----------------        -----------              -----
Diluted earnings per share                  $  419,489            2,939,386              0.14
                                            ==========           ==========             =====


                                          For the three months ended September 30, 1997
                                                                                      Per share
                                             Net income             Shares             Amount

Basic earnings per share                    $  358,996            2,604,303              0.14
Effect of dilutive stock options                   --               153,359             (0.01)
                                       -----------------        -----------             -----
Diluted earnings per share                  $  358,996            2,757,662              0.13
                                            ==========           ==========             =====


                                          For the nine months ended September 30, 1998
                                                                                      Per share
                                              Net income            Shares             Amount

Basic earnings per share                     $1,180,569           2,630,340              0.45
Effect of dilutive stock options                   --               288,349             (0.05)
                                       -----------------        -----------             ------
Diluted earnings per share                   $1,180,569           2,918,689              0.40
                                             ==========           ==========            =====

                                      F-6

<PAGE>
                                          For the nine months ended September 30, 1997
                                                                                       Per share
                                              Net income            Shares               Amount

Basic earnings per share                    $   945,937           2,604,303              0.36
Effect of dilutive stock options                    --              133,328             (0.01)
                                        ----------------        -----------             ------
Diluted earnings per share                  $   945,937           2,737,631              0.35
                                          =============           ==========             =====
</TABLE>

Note 6 -- Comprehensive Income

     On  January  1,  1998,  the  Company  adopted  SFAS  No.  130,   "Reporting
Comprehensive   Income".  The  following  table  displays  net  income  and  the
components  of other  comprehensive  income  to  arrive  at total  comprehensive
income. For the Company, the only component of other comprehensive income is the
change in the estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             For the three months        For the nine months
                                                             ended September 30,          ended September 30,
                                                               1998         1997          1998           1997

<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>        
  Net income                                               $ 419,489      358,996      1,180,569      945,937
                                                           ---------      -------      ---------    ---------
 Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
 Unrealized gains on securities:
   Unrealized holding (losses) gains during the period      (454,128)      50,610       (433,530)      71,333
   Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains included
         in net income                                       (49,376)      (8,556)       (45,611)     (13,667)
                                                          ----------    ---------      ---------   ----------

 Other comprehensive (loss) income                          (503,504)      42,054       (479,141)      57,666
                                                           ---------    ---------       --------  -----------

 Comprehensive (loss) income                               $ (84,015)     401,050        701,428    1,003,603
                                                           =========     ========      =========    =========
</TABLE>

Note 7 -- Capital Securities

     On August 11, 1998, the Company's recently formed  subsidiary,  PBI Capital
Trust (the "Trust") issued $10.0 million of 8.57% Capital  Securities due August
15, 2028.  The Trust is a statutory  business  trust  created  under the laws of
Delaware.  The  Company  is the sole  owner of the  Trust.  The  Trust  used the
proceeds  from the Capital  Securities  to acquire $10.0 million in 8.57% Junior
Subordinated  Deferrable Interest  Debentures issued by the Company.  The Junior
Subordinated Debentures are the sole assets of the Trust, and payments under the
Junior Subordinated Debentures are the sole revenue of the Trust. The Company is
using the  proceeds  from the sale of the  Junior  Subordinated  Debentures  for
general corporate  purposes,  including,  but not limited to, investments in and
advances to its  subsidiary,  Premier Bank,  repurchases  of common stock of the
Company,  branch  expansion,  the purchase of certain  branch  facilities  being
leased and funding loans.  The precise  amount and timing of the  application of
the net  proceeds  used for  such  corporate  purposes  depends  on the  funding
requirements and the availability of other funds to the

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

Company and the Bank.  At present,  the majority of the net  proceeds  have been
temporarily invested in investment  securities available for sale. Proceeds from
the Capital  Securities  provide the Company with  additional Tier I and Tier II
capital.

     These Capital  Securities  are reported in the  Consolidated  Statements of
Financial  Condition  under  the  caption   "Corporation-obligated   mandatorily
redeemable   capital  securities  of  subsidiary  trust  holding  solely  junior
subordinated debentures of the Corporation".


                                      F-8

<PAGE>

KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
1600 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA  19103-7212


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Premier Bancorp, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Premier Bancorp,
Inc.  and  subsidiary  as of  December  31,  1997  and  1996,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements  of  income,  shareholders'  equity  and  comprehensive
income, and cash flows for the years then ended.  These consolidated  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Premier Bancorp,
Inc. and  subsidiary as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
- -------------------------
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


February 26, 1998
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

DECEMBER 31,                                       1997             1996
- ------------                                       ----             ----

ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks                     $     4,307,164       2,124,076
Interest-bearing deposits                            85,823         206,313
   
                                            ---------------       ---------
   Total cash and cash equivalents                4,392,987       2,330,389
    

Investment securities:
  Held to maturity (fair value $15,099,965
   in 1997 and $13,677,299 in 1996)              15,169,638      13,887,606
  Available for sale (amortized cost
   $62,355,084 in 1997
   and $52,889,364 in 1996)                      62,434,137      52,899,668
Loans held for sale                                 197,944              --
Loans receivable (net of allowance
   for loan losses of
   $1,360,148 in 1997 and $960,672 in 1996)     107,172,526      81,949,164
Accrued interest receivable                       1,451,899       1,115,650
Premises and equipment                            1,174,769         467,073
Real estate owned                                   638,286         389,253
Deferred taxes                                      404,906         298,281
Other assets                                        486,348         325,704
Organizational costs                                     --          24,000
                                             ---------------    ------------

Total Assets                                $   193,523,440     153,686,788
                                            ===============     ===========

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   
Liabilities:
    
Deposits                                    $   143,603,202     118,093,242
Borrowings                                       34,842,740      23,640,568
Accrued interest payable                          1,346,123       1,036,884
Other liabilities                                 1,797,538       1,973,301
Subordinated debt                                 1,500,000              --
                                                  ---------     -----------

Total Liabilities                               183,089,603     144,743,995

Shareholders' Equity:
Common stock -- $0.33 par value; 
 30,000,000  shares  authorized;  2,630,340 and
 2,604,303 shares issued and
 outstanding in 1997 and 1996                       876,780         868,128
Additional paid-in capital                        7,120,001       7,023,942
Retained Earnings                                 2,384,881       1,043,924
Accumulated other comprehensive income               52,175           6,799
                                                    -------           -----

Total Shareholders' Equity                       10,433,837       8,942,793
                                                 ----------       ---------

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity   $  193,523,440     153,686,788
                                             ===============    ===========

     The accompanying  notes are an integral part of the consolidated  financial
statements.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

<CAPTION>

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                  1997            1996
                                                                  ----            ----
<S>                                                    <C>                   <C>
Interest income:
  Loans                                                $     8,753,303       6,387,392
  Federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits              96,415         103,458
  Investments:
     Taxable                                                 4,322,401       3,349,885
     Tax-exempt                                                276,573         262,382
                                                               -------         -------

Total interest income                                       13,448,692      10,103,117
                                                            ----------      ----------

Interest expense:
  Deposits                                                   5,896,500       4,587,766
  Borrowings                                                 1,635,971         955,706
                                                             ---------         -------

Total interest expense                                       7,532,471       5,543,472
                                                             ---------       ---------

Net interest income                                          5,916,221       4,559,645
Provision for loan losses                                      400,000         350,000
                                                               -------        --------

Net interest income after loan loss provision                5,516,221       4,209,645
Non-interest income:
  Service charges and other fees                               148,113         126,700
  Gain (loss) net, on sale of investment securities held
     for sale                                                   14,818         (5,582)
  Gain on sale of loans held for sale                           20,500          87,013
  Loss on sale of real estate owned                           (33,504)              --
                                                              --------              --

Total non-interest income                                      149,927         208,131
Non-interest expense:
  Salaries and employee benefits                             1,784,876       1,346,300
  Occupancy                                                    400,196         282,375
  Data processing                                              381,840         270,477
  Professional services                                        282,449         221,923
  Marketing                                                    163,975         170,834
  Amortization of organization costs                            24,000          72,000
  Pennsylvania shares tax                                       70,526          63,706
  Other                                                        627,329         459,064
                                                               -------         -------

Total non-interest expense                                   3,735,191       2,886,679
                                                             ---------       ---------

Income before income tax                                     1,930,957       1,531,097
Income tax expense                                             590,000         435,462
                                                               -------         -------

Net income                                               $   1,340,957       1,095,635
                                                         =============       =========

Earnings per share:
  Basic                                                  $        0.51            0.42

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

  Diluted                                                         0.49            0.40

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
  Basic                                                      2,606,473       2,604,303
  Diluted                                                    2,752,462       2,705,831
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.
<TABLE>


                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND
                              COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Accumulated
                                                                                        Other
                                                               Additional     Retained  Comprehen-      Total
                             Comprehensive          Common      paid-in       Earnings   sive        Shareholders'
                                 Income             Stock       capital       (deficit)  Income        Equity
                              ------------         -------     ----------     --------  ---------    ------------
<S>                           <C>                 <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>               
     
Balance, December 31, 1995                        $  868,128    7,023,942     (51,711)    (9,349)   7,831,010

Comprehensive Income:
Net Income                     $  1,095,635                     1,095,635                           1,095,635
Other Comprehensive income,
 net of tax:
  Unrealized gains on
    securities                         160
  Less: Reclassification
    adjustment  for losses included
    in net income                    15,988
Other Comprehensive
    income                           16,148                                                16,148      16,148
                                     ------

Comprehensive Income           $  1,111,783
                               =============


Balance, December 31, 1996                        $  868,128    7,023,942    1,043,924      6,799   8,942,793
                                                  ==========    =========    =========      =====   =========

Comprehensive Income:
 Net Income                    $  1,340,957                                  1,340,957              1,340,957
 Other Comprehensive income,
 net of tax:
  Unrealized gains on securities     89,109
  Less: Reclassification adjust-
 ment for gains included in
 net income                        (43,733)
Other Comprehensive
 income                             45,376                                                 45,376      45,376
                                    -------
Comprehensive Income           $  1,386,333
                               ============
Fractional shares redeemed                              (27)        (454)           --         --       (481)

 
                                      F-12

<PAGE>


Stock issued for options
 exercised                                            8,679       96,513            --         --     105,192
                                                      ------      -------           --         --     -------

Balance, December 31,  1997                       $  876,780    7,120,001    2,384,881     52,175   10,433,837
                                                  ==========    =========    =========     ======   ==========

     The accompanying  notes are an integral part of the consolidated  financial
statements.

</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996
<CAPTION>


FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                    1997                      1996
                                                                   -----                      ----

<S>                                                           <C>                         <C>
Operating activities:
  Net income                                                  $   1,340,957                  1,095,635
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by
    operating activities:
    Depreciation expense                                            174,031                    119,941
    Provision for loan losses                                       400,000                    350,000
    Writedowns and losses on sale of real estate owned               33,504                         --
    Amortization of organization cost                                24,000                     72,000
    Amortization of premiums and discounts on investment
     securities held to maturity                                     10,694                     20,594
    Amortization of premiums and discounts on investment
     securities available for sale                                  203,083                    229,949
    (Gain) loss on sale of securities available for sale            (14,818)                     5,582
    Gain on sale of loans held for sale                             (20,500)                   (87,013)
    Originations of loans held for sale                          (2,329,594)                (6,284,725)
    Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale                     2,152,150                  7,334,638
    Increase in accrued interest receivable                        (336,249)                  (289,512)
    Increase in deferred tax asset                                 (130,000)                   (23,650)
    (Increase) decrease in other assets                            (160,644)                    79,606
    Increase in deferred loan fees                                  150,085                     21,314
    Increase in accrued interest payable                            309,239                     54,258
    (Increase) decrease in other liabilities                       (149,471)                   625,235
    Loss on sale of equipment                                             --                     7,563
                                                                  ----------                 ---------

Net cash provided by operating activities                         1,656,467                  3,331,415
                                                                  ----------                 ---------

Investing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale            29,024,898                 29,732,585
  Repayment on securities available for sale                     10,965,988                  9,225,645
  Purchase of securities available for sale                     (49,644,870)               (54,420,855)
  Repayment on securities held to maturity                        3,707,274                  2,859,984
  Purchase of securities held to maturity                        (5,000,000)                (5,981,250)
  Net increase in loans receivable                              (26,737,265)               (22,588,404)
  Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment                           --                      1,350
  Proceeds from sale of real estate owned                           681,282                         --
  Purchases of premises and equipment                              (881,727)                  (293,653)
                                                                   ---------              -   ---------

Net cash used in investing activities                           (37,884,420)               (41,464,598)
                                                                ------------               ------------

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

Financing activities:
 Net increase in deposits                                        25,509,960                 25,286,040
  Net increase in borrowings less than 90 days                    1,202,172                  7,614,454
  Increase in borrowings greater than 90 days                    15,000,000                  5,000,000
  Repayment of borrowings greater than 90 days                   (5,000,000)                        --
  Proceeds from subordinated debt                                 1,500,000                         --
  Proceeds from exercised stock options                              78,900                         --
  Redemption of fractional shares of common stock                      (481)                        --
                                                                ------------                 ---------

Net cash provided by financing activities                        38,290,551                 37,900,494
                                                                 -----------                ----------

Increase in cash and cash equivalents                             2,062,598                   (232,689)
Cash and cash equivalents:
  Beginning of period                                             2,330,389                    563,078
                                                                  ----------                   -------

  End of year                                                     4,392,987                  2,330,389
                                                                  ==========                 =========

Composed of:
  Cash and due from banks                                        4,307,164                   2,124,076
  Interest bearing deposits                                         85,823                     206,313
                                                                  --------                   ---------

Total cash and cash equivalents                               $   4,392,987                  2,330,389
                                                              =============                  =========

Supplemental disclosures:
  Cash payments for:
    Interest expense                                          $   7,223,232                  5,489,214
    Taxes                                                           800,000                    442,882

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash and financing activities:
 Change in unrealized net gain on securities available
   for sale                                                   $     45,376                      16,148
 Change in deferred tax asset related to securities
   available for sale                                              (23,375)                     (8,319)
 Tax effect of exercised stock options                              26,292                         --
 Transfer of loans to real estate owned                            963,819                     389,253

</TABLE>

 The  accompanying  notes are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.


                                      F-14


<PAGE>

                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

Note 1 -- Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

     Premier  Bancorp,  Inc.  ("PBI")  was  incorporated  under  the laws of the
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  on  July  15,  1997.  In  accordance  with  this
reorganization, each share of the Bank's common stock previously outstanding was
automatically  converted  into one  share of the  Company's  common  stock.  The
Company  was  reorganized  as a one bank  holding  company of Premier  Bank (the
"Bank") on November 17, 1997. Premier Bancorp, Inc. through its subsidiary bank,
Premier  Bank,  provides a full  range of banking  services  to  individual  and
corporate  customers  through  its branch  banking  system  located in Bucks and
Northampton Counties in Pennsylvania.  Premier Bank is a Pennsylvania  chartered
commercial  bank and member of the Federal  Reserve  Bank of  Philadelphia  (the
"Fed") and the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC").  The Bank is
subject to competition  from other  financial  institutions  and other financial
services  companies with respect to these  services and  customers.  PBI is also
subject to the  regulations of certain federal  agencies and undergoes  periodic
examinations by such regulatory authorities.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

     The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of PBI and its
wholly owned  subsidiary,  Premier Bank.  Such  statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and general practice
within  the  banking  industry.   All  significant   intercompany  accounts  and
transactions  have been  eliminated in the  consolidated  financial  statements.
Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current
presentation standards. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.

Use of Estimates

     In preparing the consolidated financial statements,  management is required
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
from such estimates.  Material  estimates that are  particularly  susceptible to
significant  change in the near term include the  determination of the allowance
for loan losses.

Investment Securities

     Debt and  equity  securities  are  classified  as either  held to  maturity
securities  ("HTM") or as  available  for sale  ("AFS")  securities.  Investment
securities  that PBI has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity can
be classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost.


                                      F-15

<PAGE>


Investment  securities  not  classified  as held to  maturity  nor  held for the
purpose  of  trading  in the near  term are  classified  as  available  for sale
securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses,  net of
tax,   excluded  from   earnings  and  reported  as  a  separate   component  of
shareholders'  equity.  The Bank  does not  engage  in any  trading  activities.
Management  determines the appropriate  classification of securities at the time
of purchase.

     AFS securities include securities that management intends to use as part of
its  asset/liability  management  strategy  and that may be sold in  response to
changes  in  market  interest  rates  and  related  changes  in the  securities'
prepayment  risk or to meet  liquidity  needs.  The  majority  of the  Company's
investment portfolio is classified as available for sale.

     Premiums and discounts on debt securities are recognized in interest income
using a  constant  yield  method.  Gains  and  losses  on  sales  of  investment
securities  are  computed on the specific  identification  basis and included in
non-interest income based on trade date.

     Equity  securities are limited to stocks owned in the Federal  Reserve Bank
of  Philadelphia,  the Federal  Home Loan Bank of  Pittsburgh  (the  "FHLB") and
Atlantic Central Bankers Bank.

Loans

     Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding,  net of deferred loan
fees and costs.  Interest income is accrued on the principal amount outstanding.
Loan  origination  fees and related  direct costs are deferred and  amortized to
income  over the term of the  respective  loan and loan  commitment  period as a
yield adjustment.

     Non-accrual  loans are those on which the accrual of  interest  has ceased.
Commercial loans are generally  placed on non-accrual  status if, in the opinion
of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due
90 days or  more.  Interest  accrued,  but not  collected  at the date a loan is
placed on non-accrual  status,  is reversed and charged against interest income.
Subsequent  cash  receipts are applied  either to the  outstanding  principal or
recorded as interest  income,  depending on management's  assessment of ultimate
collectibility  of  principal  and  interest.  Loans are  returned to an accrual
status when the  borrower's  ability to make  periodic  principal  and  interest
payments  has  returned  to normal  (i.e.  -- brought  current  with  respect to
principal or interest or  restructured)  and the paying capacity of the borrower
and the  underlying  collateral  is deemed  sufficient  to cover  principal  and
interest. Consumer loans are not automatically placed on non-accrual status when
principal or interest payments are 90 days past due, but; in most instances, are
charged-off when deemed uncollectible or after reaching 120 days past due.

     Residential  mortgages  held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate
cost or market value.  Gains and losses on  residential  mortgages held for sale
are included in non-interest  income. The servicing of such loans is released to
the purchaser upon sale.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>


Allowance for Loan Losses

     The provision  for loan losses  charged to operating  expense  reflects the
amount deemed  appropriate by management to produce an adequate  reserve to meet
the present and foreseeable risk characteristics of the existing loan portfolio.
Management's  judgment is based on the  evaluation  of  individual  loans,  past
experience,  the assessment of current economic  conditions,  and other relevant
factors.  Loan losses are charged directly against the allowance for loan losses
and recoveries on previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance.

     Significant  estimates are made by management in determining  the allowance
for loan losses.  Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing
these estimates  including current economic  conditions,  diversification of the
loan  portfolio,  delinquency  statistics,  borrowers'  perceived  financial and
managerial  strengths,  the adequacy of  underlying  collateral,  if  collateral
dependent,  or present value of future cash flows,  and other relevant  factors.
Since  the  allowance  for loan  losses  is  dependent,  to a great  extent,  on
conditions that may be beyond PBI's control,  it is at least reasonably possible
that management's estimates of the allowance for loan losses, and actual results
could differ in the near term.

     In  addition,   regulatory  authorities,  as  an  integral  part  of  their
examinations,  periodically  review  the  allowance  for loan  losses.  They may
require  additions to the allowance based upon their judgments about information
available to them at the time of examination.

     Recognition of impairment in the  performance of a loan is required when it
is probable that all amounts, including both principal and interest, will not be
collected in accordance  with the loan  agreement.  Impaired  loans are measured
based on the present  value of  expected  future  cash flows  discounted  at the
loan's effective  interest rate or at the loan's  observable market price or the
fair value of the  collateral  if the loan is collateral  dependent.  Impairment
criteria  are applied to the loan  portfolio  exclusive  of smaller  homogeneous
loans such as consumer loans which are evaluated collectively for impairment.

Premises and Equipment

        Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation
and   amortization.   Depreciation   and   amortization   are  calculated  on  a
straight-line  basis over the  estimated  useful lives of the assets as follows:
leasehold improvements -- lesser of useful life or lease term, equipment -- 5 to
10 years, and software -- 5 years.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are
charged  to  operations  as  incurred.  Gains or  losses  upon  disposition  are
reflected in earnings as realized. Land is carried at cost.

Real Estate Owned

     Other  real  estate  owned is  comprised  of  properties  acquired  through
foreclosure  proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  Other
real estate owned is recorded at the lower of the carrying  value of the loan or
the fair value of the property, net of estimated selling costs. Costs

                                      F-17
<PAGE>


relating to the  development or  improvement  of the properties are  capitalized
while holding  expenses  related to the operation and  maintenance of properties
are expensed as incurred.  Gains and losses upon  disposition  are  reflected in
earnings as realized.

Income Taxes

     PBI and its subsidiary  file a  consolidated  Federal income tax return and
the amount of income tax  expense or benefit  is  computed  and  allocated  on a
separate  return  basis.  To provide  for income  taxes,  PBI uses the asset and
liability  method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
for the future tax  consequences  attributable  to the  difference  between  the
financial  statement  carrying  amounts of existing  assets and  liabilities and
their  respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are measured
using  enacted  tax rates  expected  to apply to taxable  income in the years in
which those temporary  differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The
effect  of a change in tax rates on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  is
recognized in income in the period which includes the enactment date.

Stock Options

     PBI accounts for its stock option plan in accordance with the provisions of
Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees",  and related  interpretations.  As such , compensation expense is
recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying
stock exceeded the exercise price. On January 1, 1996, PBI adopted Statement No.
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation",  which  permits  entities to
recognize as expense over the vesting period,  the fair value of all stock-based
awards  on the date of  grant.  Alternatively,  Statement  No.  123 also  allows
entities to continue to apply the  provisions  of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide
pro forma net  income and pro forma  earnings  per share  disclosures  for stock
option  grants made in 1995 and future years as if the  fair-value  based method
defined in Statement  No. 123 had been  applied.  PBI has elected to continue to
apply the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide the pro forma  disclosure
provisions of Statement No. 123.

Earnings Per Share

     In February 1997,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (the "FASB")
issued Statement No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share".  Statement No. 128 was designed
to simplify the  computation  of earnings per share and requires  disclosure  of
"basic  earnings per share" and, if  applicable,  "diluted  earnings per share".
Restatement  of all prior  period  earnings  per  share  data is  required  upon
adoption. The Statement,  which was adopted on December 31, 1997, did not have a
material impact on the reported earnings per share of the Company.

     Basic earnings per share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average
number  of  shares   outstanding,   after  giving   retroactive  effect  to  the
three-for-one  stock split effected on December 31, 1997.  Diluted  earnings per
common share includes  dilutive  common stock  equivalents as computed under the
treasury stock method using average common stock prices over the fiscal year.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

Statement of Cash Flows

     Cash and cash  equivalents  for purposes of this statement  consist of cash
and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits, and overnight fed funds sold.

Reporting Comprehensive Income

     In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income".  This statement  establishes standards for the reporting and display of
comprehensive  income  and  its  components  in a full  set  of  general-purpose
financial  statements.  Statement  No.  130  requires  that  the  components  of
comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with
the same  prominence as other  financial  statements.  This  Statement  does not
require a specific  format for that  financial  statement,  but requires that an
enterprise display an amount representing comprehensive income for the period in
that  financial  statement.  Statement  No. 130 is  effective  for fiscal  years
beginning  after December 15, 1997.  All financial  statements  included  herein
reflect the provisions of Statement No. 130.

Operating Segment Disclosure

     In June  1997,  the FASB  issued  Statement  No.  131,  "Disclosures  About
Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related   Information."   Statement  No.  131
establishes  standards  for the way  that  public  business  enterprises  report
information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires
that those enterprises  report selected  information about operating segments in
interim financial reports issued to shareholders.  It also establishes standards
for related disclosures about products and services,  geographic areas and major
customers.  Statement No. 131 is effective for periods  beginning after December
15,  1997.  The impact,  if any,  of the  Statement  on the Company  would be to
require additional disclosures in the Company's financial statements.

Employers' Disclosures about Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

     In  February  1998,  the  FASB  issued   Statement  No.  132,   "Employers'
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits," which amends the
disclosure  requirements of Statement 87, "Employers'  Accounting for Pensions",
Statement No. 88,  "Employers'  Accounting for Settlements  and  Curtailments of
Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination  Benefits",  and Statement No.
106,  "Employers'  Accounting for Postretirement  Benefits Other than Pensions".
Statement No. 132 is applicable to all entities. This Statement standardizes the
disclosure  requirements of Statement Nos. 87 and 106 to the extent  practicable
and recommends a parallel format for presenting  information  about pensions and
other postretirement  benefits.  Statement No. 132 only addresses disclosure and
does not change any of the measurement  recognition provisions of Statement Nos.
87, 88, and 106. This  Statement is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after
December 15, 1997.  Restatement  of comparative  period  disclosures is required
unless the information is not readily available,  in which case the notes to the
financial  statements shall include all available  information and a description
of information not available. The impact, if any, of this

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

Statement  on the  Company  would be to require  additional  disclosures  in the
Company's financial statements.

Note 2 -- Stock Split

     On  December  31,  1997,  PBI  effected  a  three-for-one  stock  split  to
shareholders  of record as of December 31, 1997 which changed the par value from
$1.00 to $.33 per share.  The number of shares and per share  amounts  have been
restated to reflect this event.

Note 3 -- Cash and Due from Banks

     The Bank is required to maintain  certain daily average reserve balances in
accordance  with  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  Atlantic  Central  Bankers  Bank
requirements.   The  reserve   balances   maintained  in  accordance  with  such
requirements as of December 31, 1997 were $751,000 and $300,000, respectively.

Note 4 -- Investment Securities

     The amortized  cost and estimated  fair values of investment  securities at
December 31, 1997 and 1996 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      GROSS      GROSS      ESTIMATED
                                      AMORTIZED      UNREALIZED  UNREALIZED    FAIR       CARRYING
DECEMBER 31, 1997                       COST           GAINS       LOSSES      VALUE       VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>    
HELD TO MATURITY
Mortgage-backed securities       $  3,183,768           384      (40,437)     3,143,715    3,183,768
U.S. government agency
  obligations                      11,985,870         1,250      (30,870)    11,956,250   11,985,870
                                   ----------         -----      --------    ----------   ----------
                                   15,169,638         1,634      (71,307)    15,099,965   15,169,638

AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Mortgage-backed securities         50,131,927       113,350     (124,047)    50,121,230   50,121,230
State and municipal
  securities                       10,326,107        80,394       (3,644)    10,402,857   10,402,857
Equity securities                   1,780,050        13,000           --      1,793,050    1,793,050
Other debt securities                 117,000           --            --        117,000      117,000
                                      -------      ---------    ---------    ----------   ----------

                                   62,355,084       206,744     (127,691)    62,434,137   62,434,137
                                   ----------      ---------    ---------    ----------   ----------

TOTAL INVESTMENT
 SECURITIES                      $ 77,524,722       208,378     (198,998)    77,534,102   77,603,775
                                 =============      =======     =========    ===========  ==========

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                                                  GROSS             GROSS     ESTIMATED
                                  AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED        UNREALIZED    FAIR       CARRYING
DECEMBER 31, 1996                   COST         GAINS             LOSSES      VALUE        VALUE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mortgage-backed securities       $  3,910,165       --            (63,179)   3,846,986    3,910,165
U.S. government agency
  obligations                       9,977,441       --           (147,128)   9,830,313    9,977,441
                                    ---------    --------        ---------   ---------    ---------

                                   13,887,606       --           (210,307)  13,677,299   13,887,606

AVAILABLE FOR SALE
Mortgage-backed securities         44,212,778     84,412         (107,141)  44,190,049   44,190,049
State and municipal
  securities                        6,662,286     37,967           (4,934)   6,695,319    6,695,319
Equity securities                   1,897,300       --                --     1,897,300    1,897,300
Other debt securities                 117,000       --                --       117,000      117,000
                                 ------------   ---------        ---------  ----------   ----------       

                                   52,889,364    122,379         (112,075)  52,899,668   52,899,668
                                 ------------   ---------        ---------  ----------   ----------

TOTAL INVESTMENT
 SECURITIES                      $ 66,776,970    122,379         (322,382)  66,576,967   66,787,274
                                 ============    =======         =========  ==========   ==========
</TABLE>


     The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt  securities AFS and HTM
by contractual  maturity at December 31, 1997 are shown in the following  table.
Expected  maturities will differ from contractual  maturities  because borrowers
may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         INVESTMENT SECURITIES          INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                                            HELD TO MATURITY             AVAILABLE FOR SALE
                                      --------------------------        -----------------------  
                                      AMORTIZED        ESTIMATED        AMORTIZED     ESTIMATED
                                       COST            FAIR VALUE         COST       FAIR VALUE
                                      --------         ----------       ---------    ----------     
<S>                              <C>                 <C>              <C>              <C>      
Due in one year or less          $  1,184,645        1,169,742          8,140,367       8,138,630
Due after one year
  through five years                2,891,860        2,861,810         19,422,949      19,418,808
Due after five years
  through ten years                 3,092,861        3,075,644         12,070,609      12,068,055
Due after 10 years                  8,000,272        7,992,769         22,721,159       2,808,644
                                    ---------        ---------         ----------       ---------

Total                            $ 15,169,638       15,099,965         62,355,084      62,434,137
                                 ============       ==========         ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

Proceeds from sales of investment securities AFS are as follows:

Proceeds                         $ 29,024,898        29,732,585
Gross gains                            69,028          54,632
Gross losses                           54,210          60,214


                                      F-21

<PAGE>

Note 5 -- Loans

                                         1997            1996
                                        -----            ----

Real estate-farmland             $    500,000              --
Real estate-construction            1,188,288        1,952,730
Real estate-residential            22,965,889       19,665,913
Real estate-multifamily             1,948,943        1,137,649
Real estate-commercial             72,372,260       52,731,559
Consumer                              797,671          735,124
Commercial                          9,084,458        6,861,611
                                   ----------        ---------

Total loan                        108,857,509       83,084,586
Unearned income                       324,835          174,750
Allowance for loan losses           1,360,148          960,672
                                    ---------          -------

Total loans, net               $  107,172,526       81,949,164
                               ==============       ==========

     Loans  secured  by real  estate  totaled  $98,975,380  and  $75,487,851  at
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,  and represented 91% of total loans in
both years.  Real estate  commercial loans include all loans  collateralized  at
least  in  part by  commercial  real  estate.  These  loans  are  generally  for
commercial real estate investment transactions.

     At December 31, 1997, the recorded investment in loans for which impairment
has been  recognized  totaled  $497,734  and  $870,961,  respectively,  of which
$497,734 and $507,140 related to loans with a corresponding  valuation allowance
of approximately $50,823 and $126,785.  Most of the loans identified as impaired
are  collateral-dependent.  For the years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996, the
average  recorded  investment in impaired loans was  approximately  $502,792 and
$651,165.  No interest  income was  recognized  on these loans in 1997. In 1996,
$10,101 of interest income was recorded on impaired  loans.  Included within the
loan  portfolio  are loans on  non-accrual  status of $497,734  and  $870,961 at
December  31,  1997  and  1996,  respectively.  If  interest  had  been  accrued
throughout  the period,  interest  income for the years ended December 31, 1997,
and 1996, would have increased approximately $51,900 and $80,434,  respectively.
There was no interest  income on these loans  included in net income in 1997. In
1996, $10,101 in interest income was recorded on non-accrual loans.

     PBI generally lends in the Greater  Philadelphia  region with a majority of
its borrowers living in communities  surrounding its three branches.  To a large
extent  PBI  makes  loans  collateralized  at  least  in part  by  real  estate.
Accordingly,  its lending activities could be affected by changes in the general
economy, the regional economy, or real estate values.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>

Note 6 -- Allowance for Loan Losses

     Activity in the allowance for loan losses is shown below:

DECEMBER 31,                             1997            1996
- ------------                             ----            ----

Balance at beginning of year         $   960,672         738,313
Charge-offs                                 (524)       (127,641)
Provision for loan losses                400,000         350,000
                                         -------         -------

Balance at end of year               $ 1,360,148         960,672
                                     = =========         =======

Note 7 -- Premises and Equipment

Premises  and  equipment,  stated  at cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and
amortization, are summarized below:

DECEMBER 31,                                1997            1996
- ------------                                ----            ----

Land                                 $   254,761              --
Leasehold improvements                   372,883         104,865
Furniture, fixtures and equipment        980,128         621,180
                                        --------         -------

Book value                             1,607,772         726,045
Accumulated depreciation and
   amortization                          433,003         258,972
                                         -------         -------

Net book value                       $ 1,174,769         467,073
                                     ===========         =======

     Depreciation and amortization expense on premises and equipment amounted to
$174,031  and  $119,941,  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  and 1996,
respectively.

     The Company leases all facilities from which it currently operates.  Rental
expense on operating leases amounted to approximately  $180,797 and $143,175 for
the years  ended  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Most leases have
options for  renewal.  Required  minimum  annual  rentals due on  non-cancelable
leases expiring after one year approximate $238,680 in the aggregate at December
31, 1997. Future minimum annual rental payments due on non-cancelable leases for
each of the  years  1998  through  2002  are  approximately  $183,101,  $59,670,
$59,670, $59,670 and $59,670, respectively.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

Note 8 -- Deposits
<TABLE>

DECEMBER 31,                                          1997                              1996
- ------------                                          ----                              ----
<CAPTION>
                                    WEIGHTED                                WEIGHTED
                                    AVERAGE                                  AVERAGE
                                    INTEREST                      % OF       INTEREST                  % OF
                                       RATE        AMOUNT        TOTAL        RATE         AMOUNT      TOTAL
                                   ---------      -------        -----      ----------     ------      -----
<S>                                <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>       <C>  
Interest checking                      2.62%   $  10,847,705       7.56%       2.52%    $  7,341,202   6.22%
Money market                           2.57%       1,667,282       1.16%       2.56%       1,441,254   1.22%
Savings                                3.90%      45,551,504      31.72%       4.16%      41,055,794  34.77%
Time                                   5.66%      73,959,391      51.50%       5.58%      59,486,279  50.37%
                                       -----      ----------      ------       -----      ----------  ------

Total interest bearing
  deposits                             4.76%     132,025,882      91.94%       4.80%     109,324,529  92.58%
                                       =====                                   =====

Non-interest bearing
  deposits                                        11,577,320       8.06%                   8,768,713   7.42%
                                                  ----------       -----                   ---------   -----

Total deposits                               $   143,603,202     100.00%              $  118,093,242 100.00%
                                             ===============     =======              ============== =======

</TABLE>



Time deposits of less than $100,000 by date of maturity are as follows:

             1998...........................................$39,982,784
             1999........................................... 15,211,325
             2000...........................................  3,702,313
             2001...........................................    514,937
             2002...........................................    471,381
             2003 and thereafter............................      2,051
                                                            $59,884,791
                                                            ===========

Time deposits of $100,000 or more by date of maturity are as follows:

             1998...........................................$10,464,984
             1999...........................................  2,888,738
             2000...........................................    519,365
             2001...........................................        --
             2002...........................................    201,513
             2003 and thereafter............................        --
                                                            $14,074,600
                                                            ===========

Accrued  interest  payable on deposits  amounted to  $1,231,662  and $946,105 at
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

                                      F-24


<PAGE>


Interest expense on deposits is as follows:

DECEMBER 31,                           1997             1996
- ------------                           ----             ----

Interest checking                    $   224,223         150,797
Money Market                              54,087          47,835
Savings                                1,648,694       1,508,191
Time                                   3,969,496       2,880,943
                                       ---------       ---------

Total interest expense
  on deposits                        $ 5,896,500       4,587,766
                                     ===========       =========


Note 9 -- Borrowings

<TABLE>

DECEMBER 31,                                     1997                             1996
- ------------                                     -----                            ----
<CAPTION>
                                                         WEIGHTED                       WEIGHTED
                                                          AVERAGE                        AVERAGE
                                         AMOUNT            RATE          AMOUNT            RATE
                                        -------          --------       -------         --------
<S>                                  <C>                  <C>        <C>                 <C>
Short-term:
Securities sold under agreement to
  repurchase (1)                     $  18,345,740         5.54%     $   2l,973,568       5.70%
Other (2)                                1,497,000         6.31%          1,667,000       6.44%
                                         ---------         -----          ---------       -----

                                        19,842,740         5.59%         23,640,568       5.75%
Long-term:
Federal Home Loan Bank
 advances (3)                           15,000,000         5.42%                 --          --
                                        ----------         -----         ----------       -----

Total borrowings                    $   34,842,740         5.52%     $   23,640,568       5.75%
                                    ==============         =====     ==============       =====
<FN>

(1)  At  December  31,  1997  securities  sold  under  agreement  to  repurchase
     consisted of $12,500,000 in borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (the
     "FHLB")  which mature  within 90 days and  $5,845,740  in  borrowings  from
     customers which mature overnight.  At December 31, 1996 borrowings from the
     FHLB  and  customers  were  $21,100,000  and  $873,568,  respectively.  All
     borrowings  from the FHLB are secured by a blanket  lien against all of the
     Bank's assets.

(2)  Other consists of overnight borrowings from Atlantic Central Bankers Bank.

(3)  Long-term FHLB advances are detailed as follows:
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                                               INTEREST 
DECEMBER 31, 1997                 AMOUNT           DUE           RATE
- -----------------                 ------           ---           ----
 
Issued 9/25/97              $    5,000,000       9/25/02         5.45%
Issued 10/17/97                  5,000,000      10/17/02         5.47%
Issued 11/19/97                  5,000,000      11/19/02         5.34%
                            --------------
                             $  15,000,000

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

     The above  long-term  advances are subject to repricing every six months at
which time the issuer may convert the  borrowing  to a variable  rate if current
rates are  higher.  Should the issuer  convert  the  borrowing,  the Company may
prepay the debt without penalty.

     Accrued interest on borrowings amounted to $114,461 and $90,779 at December
31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

DECEMBER 31,                                      1997                1996
- ------------                                      ----                ----

Short-term:
Average balance outstanding                   $  24,007,462         17,003,164
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
  during the period                              31,329,745         17,940,711
Weighted average interest rate during the
  period                                               5.65%              5.62%

     At December 31, 1997, the Bank has a $2,000,000 unsecured fed funds line of
credit with Atlantic  Central Bankers Bank and a $58,704,000  borrowing limit at
the FHLB.  At  December  31,  1997,  the Bank had unused  borrowing  capacity of
$503,000  and  $31,204,000  from  Atlantic  Central  Bankers  Bank and the FHLB,
respectively.

Note 10 -- Subordinated Debt

     On January 9, 1997, the Bank borrowed $1,500,000 from Pennsylvania National
Bank and Trust  Company for the purpose of funding its  continued  growth and to
assist in the  maintenance of certain  regulatory  capital  ratios.  The loan is
unsecured  and matures on January 12,  2012.  The term note  carries an annually
adjustable rate based upon the one-year Treasury index plus 240 basis points. At
December 31, 1997 the interest rate on the subordinated debt was 8.01%. The note
requires  monthly  interest  payments  for the first ten  years  with  principal
payments  beginning in the eleventh year with full  amortization by the maturity
date.

Note 11 -- Earnings Per Share

     The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the
basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.

                                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                                PER SHARE
                                  NET INCOME        SHARES        AMOUNT

Basic earnings per share          $ 1,340,957     2,606,473     $    0.51
Effect of dilutive stock options           --       145,989           --
                                  -----------    ----------     ---------

Diluted earnings per share        $ 1,340,957     2,752,462     $    0.49
                                  ===========     =========     =========

                                      F-26

<PAGE>

                                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                PER SHARE
                                     NET INCOME      SHARES       AMOUNT


Basic earnings per share         $    1,095,635     2,604,303   $    0.42
Effect of dilutive securities:
  Stock options                            --         101,528         --
                                 --------------     ---------   ---------

Diluted earnings per share       $    1,095,635     2,705,831   $    0.40
                                 ==============     =========   =========  

     Earnings per share was  calculated on the basis of weighted  average number
of shares  after  giving  retroactive  effect to the  three-to-one  stock  split
distributed on December 31, 1997. Options to purchase 662,172 and 476,739 shares
of common stock were  outstanding  at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.
The dilutive  effect of such options  using the treasury  method was included in
the computation of diluted earnings per share.

Note 12 -- Income Taxes

     The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       1997                 1996
- -----------------------                      -----                 ----

Current tax expense                     $    720,000              459,112
Deferred income tax benefit                 (130,000)             (23,650)
                                        ---------------          --------

Income tax expense                      $    590,000              435,462
                                        ===============          ========

     At December  31, 1997 and 1996,  the tax effects of  temporary  differences
that represent the  significant  portion of deferred tax assets and  liabilities
are as follows:

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                         1997               1996
- -----------------------                         ----               ----

Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for possible loan loss           $ 439,812            303,812
  Start-up and organization costs                8,217              3,600
  Other                                          7,509              5,004
                                             ---------         ----------
Deferred tax assets                            455,538            322,416
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Unrealized net gain on securities
  available for sale                           (26,878)            (3,503)
  Depreciation                                 (23,754)           (20,632)
                                               --------           --------

Net deferred tax asset                        $404,906            298,281
                                              ========            =======

     The  realizability  of deferred tax assets is  dependent  upon a variety of
factors,  including the  generation of future taxable  income,  the existence of
taxes paid and recoverable, the reversal of

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies. Based upon these and other
factors,  management  believes it is more likely than not that PBI will  realize
the benefits of these deferred tax assets.

     A reconciliation  of income tax expense in the  accompanying  statements of
operations with the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax
rate to earnings before income taxes is as follows:

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                             1997              1996
- -----------------------                             ----              ----

Tax expense at 34% rate                           $656,525          520,573
Interest from tax exempt loans and investments    (109,117)         (89,784)
Other, net                                          42,592            4,673
                                                  ---------        ---------
Income tax expense                                $590,000          435,462
                                                  ========         ========

Note 13 -- Employee Benefit Plans

     PBI maintains a defined  contribution  savings plan covering  substantially
all  employees.  The plan allows  eligible  employees to make  contributions  by
salary  reduction  pursuant to the provisions of 401(k) of the Internal  Revenue
Code. Discretionary matching contributions by the Bank expensed in the financial
statements for 1997 and 1996 were $33,702 and $26,818, respectively.

Note 14 -- Stock Options

     In connection with its initial stock  offering,  the Bank issued options to
purchase  common  stock  to  certain  incorporators,  directors,  officers,  and
institutional  investors.  The options are  exercisable  at a price of $3.03 per
share and expire  April 23,  2002.  The  options  are  transferable  and contain
certain  customary  anti-dilution  clauses  in the case of  certain  events.  At
December  31,  1997 and 1996,  437,307  and  463,344  options  were  issued  and
outstanding, respectively.

     In addition,  the Bank adopted,  in 1995, a stock option program whereby up
to  300,000  options  may be  granted  to  employees  or  directors  based  on a
discretionary  incentive  program.  The exercise price of options  granted under
this  program are to be at the fair value of common  stock as of the grant date.
Options  expire ten years from the date of grant with vesting  periods,  if any,
determined  by the Board of  Directors.  In January  1996,  13,395  options were
granted  under  this  program at an  exercise  price of $3.67 per share and were
immediately  vested.  In January 1997,  211,470  options were granted under this
plan at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share of which 130,470 were  immediately
vested and 81,000 subject to a four year vesting period.


                                      F-28

<PAGE>

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows:

                                                      WEIGHTED
                                                      AVERAGE
                                        NUMBER OF     EXERCISE     RANGE OF
                                         OPTIONS       PRICE    EXERCISE PRICE


December 31, 1995                        463,344       $3.03          3.03
  Granted                                 13,395        3.67            --
                                        --------        ----         -----

December 31, 1996                        476,739        3.05     3.03-3.67
  Granted                                211,470        5.00
  Exercised                              (26,037)       3.03
                                        --------        ----

December 31, 1997                        662,172       $3.67     3.03-5.00
                                         =======       ======    =========

     At December 31, 1997, the number of options  exercisable  was 581,172.  The
weighted  average  exercise  price of those  options was $3.49 per share and the
weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life of  outstanding  options was 5.5
years.

     In January 1998,  15,030 incentive options were granted under the 1995 plan
at an exercise price of $6.00 per share expiring January 2008.

     Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123,  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based  Compensation",  provides an  alternative  method of accounting  for
stock-based compensation arrangements. This method is based on the fair value of
the  stock-based  compensation  determined by an option pricing model  utilizing
various assumptions regarding the underlying attributes of the options and PBI's
stock,   rather  than  the  existing   method  of  accounting  for   stock-based
compensation  which is provided in  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25
(APB No.  25),  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees."  The  Financial
Accounting  Standards  Board  encourages  entities to adopt the fair value based
method, but does not require the adoption of this method.

     PBI applies APB No. 25 and related  Interpretations  in accounting  for the
Plan. The fair value of each option grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model  was  $3.45  and  $1.91  in 1997 and  1996,  respectively.  The  following
assumptions  were used for grants in 1997 and 1996: no dividends for both years;
risk-free  interest  rates  of 6.40%  and  6.72%  for  1997  and  1996  options,
respectively;  and expected lives of ten years for both years.  Had compensation
cost for the Plan been  determined  consistent with Statement No. 123, PBI's net
income and earnings  per share would have been reduced to the pro forma  amounts
indicated as follows:


                                      F-29

<PAGE>


DECEMBER 31,                                    1997               1996
- ------------                                    -----              -----

Net income
  As reported                        $     1,340,957              1,095,635
  Pro forma                                  890,835              1,070,007
Basic earnings per share
  As reported                                   0.51                   0.42
  Pro forma                                     0.34                   0.41
Diluted earnings per share
  As reported                                   0.49                   0.40
  Pro forma                                     0.32                   0.40

Note 15 -- Commitments and Contingencies

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

     The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in
the normal  course of business  to meet the  financing  needs of its  customers.
These financial  instruments  include  commitments to extend credit and stand-by
letters of credit.  Those instruments  involve, to varying degrees,  elements of
credit  and  interest  rate  risk in  excess  of the  amount  recognized  in the
statement of  financial  condition.  The  contract or notional  amounts of those
instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes
of financial instruments.

     The Bank's  exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the
other party to the financial  instrument  for  commitments  to extend credit and
stand-by  letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount
of those instruments.

     Financial  instruments  whose  contract  amounts  represent  credit risk at
December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:

                                             CONTRACT OR NOTIONAL AMOUNT

                                            1997                    1996
                                            ----                    ----   

Commitments to extend credit        $    10,994,649              7,592,000
Stand-by letters of credit                1,160,062              1,073,000


     Commitments  to extend credit are  agreements to lend to a customer as long
as there is no violation of any conditions established in the contract. The Bank
evaluates each customer's  creditworthiness  on a case-by-case basis. The amount
of  collateral  obtained,  if deemed  necessary,  by the Bank upon  extension of
credit  is  based  on  management's  credit  evaluation  of  the  counter-party.
Collateral held varies but may include inventory, property, plant and equipment,
and income producing commercial properties. The commitments at December 31, 1997
were  principally to originate  commercial loans and other loans secured by real
estate.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>


     Stand-by letters of credit are conditional  commitments  issued by the Bank
to guarantee the  performance  of a customer to a third party.  Most  guarantees
extend for one year or less.  The credit  risk  involved  in issuing  letters of
credit is essentially  the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to
customers.

     The amount of  collateral  received  on loan  commitments  and on  stand-by
letters  of  credit  is  dependent  upon  the  individual  transaction  and  the
creditworthiness of the customer.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

     The Bank's loan portfolio  represents  loans  principally made in the Bucks
and  Northampton  County  areas  in  Pennsylvania  which  are  secured  by  both
residential  and  commercial  real  estate.  Accordingly,   the  Bank's  primary
concentration  of credit risk is related to the real estate  market in the Bucks
and Northampton County areas. The ultimate collectibility of this portion of the
Bank's  portfolio  is  susceptible  to changes in local market  conditions,  and
therefore,  dependent upon the local  economic  environment.  In addition,  loan
concentrations  are also  considered  to exist when there are amounts  loaned or
committed  to be loaned to a  multiple  number of  borrowers  engaged in similar
activities which would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be
similarly  impacted by economic or other conditions.  Though the Bank views many
of its loans as made to individuals or, secured by residential real estate,  the
Bank's  loan  portfolio  contains  many  borrowers  who are  employed in various
professions such as, the medical, dental, legal and real estate professions.

Legal Proceedings

     As of December 31, 1997, there were no material pending legal  proceedings,
other than ordinary routine litigation  incidental to the business, to which the
Company or its  subsidiary  are a party or by which any of their  property is in
the subject.

Note 16 -- Related Party Transactions

     As a matter of  policy,  the Bank  does not  extend  credit  to  employees,
officers or directors.  The following  table presents the amount due from one of
the Bank's directors.  This loan was made prior to this individual's election to
the Board of Directors. This loan was made in the ordinary course of business on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those
prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions  with other  persons.  Also,
this loan did not involve a more than normal risk of  collectibility  or present
any other unfavorable features.

Balance, December 31, 1996                       $  316,158
Repayments                                          (18,744)
                                                  ---------
Balance, December 31, 1997                       $  297,414
                                                 ==========

     The outstanding loan balance was repaid in January 1998.

                                      F-31

<PAGE>


     The Bank's offices in Doylestown and Easton are owned by Norbuck Associates
(Norbuck), a Pennsylvania limited partnership consisting of several directors of
the Bank.  The leases with Norbuck have an initial  term  expiring  December 31,
1998.  Rent  paid to  Norbuck  in 1997  and  1996  was  $117,368  and  $113,954,
respectively.

Note 17 -- Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     PBI is  required  to  disclose  estimated  fair  values  for its  financial
instruments,  whether or not  recognized in the balance  sheet.  For PBI, as for
most financial institutions, substantially all of its assets and liabilities are
considered financial instruments.

     Estimates of fair value are made at a specific  point in time,  based upon,
where  available,  relevant  market prices and  information  about the financial
instrument.  Such  estimates  do not include any premium or discount  that could
result from  offering for sale at one time the  Company's  entire  holdings of a
particular  financial  instrument.  For a  substantial  portion of the Company's
financial  instruments,  no quoted market exists.  Therefore,  estimates of fair
value are necessarily based on a number of significant assumptions regarding the
amount and timing of estimated future cash flows which are discounted to reflect
varying degrees of risk. Given the uncertainties  surrounding these assumptions,
the  reported  fair  values  may  not  represent   actual  values  of  financial
instruments  that  could  have  been  realized  as of  year-end  or that will be
realized in the future. Use of different  assumptions or methodologies is likely
to result in significantly different fair value estimates.

     The fair value of non-interest  bearing demand deposits,  interest checking
accounts,  money market  accounts and savings  accounts is equal to the carrying
amount  because  these  deposits  have no  stated  maturity.  This  approach  to
estimating  fair value  excludes the  significant  benefit that results from the
low-cost  funding  provided  by  such  deposit   liabilities,   as  compared  to
alternative  sources of funding.  As a consequence  the values below may distort
the actual fair value of a banking organization that is a going concern.

     The estimated fair values and carrying amounts are summarized as follows:

                               DECEMBER 31, 1997          DECEMBER 31, 1996
                               -----------------          -----------------

                           ESTIMATED      CARRYING      ESTIMATED    CARRYING
                           FAIR VALUE      AMOUNT      FAIR VALUE     AMOUNT

FINANCIAL ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks    $ 4,307,164   4,307,164     2,124,076     2,124,076
Interest-bearing deposits       85,823      85,823       206,313       206,313
Investment securities:
  Available for sale        62,434,137  62,434,137    52,899,668    52,899,668
  Held to maturity          15,099,965  15,169,638    13,677,299    13,887,606
Loans held for sale            199,344     197,944          --             --
Net loans                  108,225,722 107,172,526    83,824,718    81,949,164
Accrued interest receivable  1,451,899   1,451,899     1,115,650     1,115,650
                           ----------- -----------    ----------    ----------

                                      F-32

<PAGE>

Total financial assets  $ 191,804,054  190,819,131   153,847,724   152,182,477
                        =============  ===========   ===========   ===========

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:
Deposits with no stated
  maturities            $  69,643,811   69,643,811    58,606,963    58,606,963
Deposits with stated
 maturities                76,482,989   73,959,391    59,592,618    59,486,279
Borrowings                 33,629,286   34,842,740    24,646,883    23,640,568
Subordinated debt           1,500,000    1,500,000          --             --
Accrued interest payable    1,346,123    1,346,123     1,036,884     1,036,884
                         ------------   ----------    ----------    ----------

Total financial
 liabilities           $  182,602,209  181,292,065   143,883,348   142,770,694
                       ==============  ===========   ===========   ===========

     The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each major  classification of financial  instruments at December 31, 1997 and
1996.

     Cash and due from banks and Federal funds sold:  Current  carrying  amounts
approximate estimated fair value.

     Investment securities:  Current quoted market prices were used to determine
fair value.

     Loans:  Fair values were estimated using the present value of the estimated
cash flows,  using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar
terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

     Deposit  liabilities:  The fair value of deposits  with no stated  maturity
(i.e.  demand deposits,  interest checking  accounts,  money market accounts and
savings  accounts) are by  definition,  equal to the amount payable on demand at
the  reporting  date  (i.e.  their  carrying  amounts).  Deposits  with a stated
maturity (time  deposits) have been valued using the present value of cash flows
discounted at rates approximating the current market for similar deposits.

     Borrowings and subordinated  debt:  Borrowings and  subordinated  debt have
been  valued  using  the  present  value  of  cash  flows  discounted  at  rates
approximating the current market for similar liabilities.

     Off-balance-sheet instruments:  Off-balance-sheet instruments are primarily
comprised of loan  commitments  which are generally priced at market at the time
of funding.  Fees on commitments to extend credit and standby  letters of credit
are deemed to be immaterial and these  instruments are expected to be settled at
face value or expire unused. It is impractical to assign any fair value to these
instruments. At December 31, 1997 and 1996 loan commitments were $10,994,649 and
$7,592,000,  respectively.  Stand-by  letters  of  credit  were  $1,160,062  and
$1,073,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                      F-33

<PAGE>

Note 18 -- Parent Company Financial Information

                   CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31,                              1997             1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assets
Cash on deposit with subsidiary     $       78,900            --
Investment in subsidiary                10,328,645     8,942,793
Other                                       26,292            --
                                            ------            --

  Total assets                      $   10,433,837     8,942,793
                                    ==============     =========

Liabilities and shareholders' equity:
Shareholders' equity:
Common stock                        $    7,996,781     7,892,070
Retained Earnings                        2,384,881     1,043,924
Unrealized gains on securities
  available for sale                        52,175         6,799
                                            ------        ------

  Total shareholders' equity            10,433,837     8,942,793
                                        ----------     ---------

Total liabilities and
  shareholders' equity              $   10,433,837     8,942,793
                                    ==============     =========


                        CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          1997           1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity in undistributed income
 of subsidiary                     $    1,340,957     1,095,635
                                   --------------     ---------

Other                                         693           --
                                   --------------     ---------

Total income                            1,341,650     1,095,635
                                    -------------     ---------

Interest Expense                              513           --
Other expenses                                180           --
                                    --------------    ---------

Total expense                                 693           --
                                    --------------    ---------
Income before taxes                     1,340,957     1,095,635
Income tax expense                            --            --
                                    --------------    ---------

Net income                         $    1,340,957     1,095,635
                                   ==============     =========

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              1997                     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income                                $    1,340,957           1,095,635
Deduct items not affecting cash flows:
  Equity in undistributed income
    of subsidiary                             (1,340,957)         (1,095,635)
                                          ---------------         -----------

Net cash provided from operating activities          --                 --
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from exercised stock options             78,900                --
                                          ---------------         -----------

Net cash provided from financing activities       78,900                --
                                          ---------------         -----------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents         78,900                --
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year       --                 --
                                          ---------------         -----------

Cash and cash equivalensts at end of year     $   78,900                 --
                                          ===============         ===========


Note 19 -- Regulatory Restrictions

     The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements
can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional  discretionary actions by
regulators that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's
financial  statements.  Under capital  adequacy  guidelines  and the  regulatory
framework for prompt  corrective  action,  the Bank must meet  specific  capital
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities,
and certain  off-balance  sheet items as calculated under accounting  practices.
The Bank's capital  amounts and  classification  are also subject to qualitative
judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk  weightings,  and  other
factors.

     Quantitative  measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Bank to maintain certain minimum amounts and ratios to be considered
adequately capitalized (set forth in the table below).  Management believes that
the  Bank  meets,  as of  December  31,  1997 and  1996,  all  capital  adequacy
requirements  to which it is subject.  As of September 30, 1996, the most recent
notification  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  categorized  the  Bank  as well
capitalized  under  the  regulatory   framework  for  prompt  corrective  action
provisions  of Section 3b of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act.  There are no
calculations or events since that  notification  that  management  believes have
changed the Bank's  category.  To be categorized as well  capitalized,  the Bank
must maintain minimum ratios as set forth in the table below.


                                      F-35

<PAGE>

     The Bank's  actual  capital  amounts and ratios are also  presented  in the
table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             To Be Well
                                                                                             Capitalized
                                                                   For Capital          Under the Corrective
                                         Actuual                 Adequacy Purposes        Action Provision
                                        --------                 -----------------        ----------------
                                   Amount           Ratio        Amount        Ratio   Amount          Ratio
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>      <C>            <C>       
As of December 31, 1997:
Total capital to risk-weighted
 assets                           $  13,136,619    10.88%    $  9,658,880     8.00%   $ 12,073,600    10.00%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted
 assets                              10,276,471     8.51%       4,829,440     4.00%      7,244,160     6.00%
Tier 1 capital to average assets     10,276,471     5.45%       7,536,161     4.00%      9,420,201     5.00%

As of December 31, 1996:
Total Capital to risk-weighted
 assets                           $   9,872,666    10.90%    $  7,248,000     8.00%   $  9,060,000    10.00%
Tier I capital to risk-weighted
 assets                               8,911,994     9.84%       3,624,000     4.00%      5,436,000     6.00%
Tier I capital to average assets      8,911,994     5.80%       6,146,512     4.00%      7,683,139     5.00%
</TABLE>


Note 20 -- Dividend Policy

     The future  dividend  policy of the Company is subject to the discretion of
the Board of  Directors  and will  depend  upon a number of  factors,  including
future  earnings,   financial  conditions,  cash  needs,  and  general  business
conditions. Holders of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends as and
when declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally  available for that
purpose. The Company is restricted as to the amount of dividends that it can pay
holders of its common stock by virtue of the  restrictions on the Bank's ability
to pay dividends to the Company.  Payment of dividends by the Bank is subject to
the regulatory  restrictions set forth in the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965,
the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act.

     The  Pennsylvania  Banking Code of 1965 provides that cash dividends may be
declared and paid only out of  accumulated  net earnings which are $2,384,881 at
December 31, 1997.  Cash dividends must be approved by the Federal Reserve Board
if the total of all cash  dividends  declared by the Bank in any calendar  year,
including  the  proposed  cash  dividend,  exceeds  the total of the  Bank's net
profits for that year plus its retained net profits from the preceding two years
less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of preferred
stock, if any. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act generally prohibits
all payments of dividends by any bank which is in default of any  assessment  of
the FDIC.  As of December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the Bank was not in default of any
FDIC assessments.


                                      F-36

<PAGE>


Note 21-- Other Comprehensive Income

The tax effects allocated to each component of "Other Comprehensive  Income" are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Tax
                                                             Before-Tax         (Expense)       Net-of-Tax
                                                             Amount               Benefit        Amount
                                                             ----------          --------      -----------

<S>                                                      <C>                      <C>             <C>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997:

Unrealized gains on securities
 Unrealized holding gains arising during
 the period                                               $    135,014              (45,905)       89,109
Less: reclassification adjustment for
 gains included in net income                                 (62,971)                19,238      (43,733)
                                                          ------------------------------------------------

Other Comprehensive Income                                $     72,043              (26,667)       45,376
                                                          ============             =========      ========

<CAPTION>

                                                                                   Tax
                                                           Before-Tax           (Expense)       Net-of-Tax
                                                             Amount              Benefit         Amount
                                                           ----------            --------      -----------
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996:

Unrealized gains on securities
 Unrealized holding gains arising during
 the period                                               $        242                  (82)          160
Less: reclassification adjustment for
 losses included in net income                                  12,448                 3,540       15,988
                                                          -----------------------------------------------

Other Comprehensive Income                                $     12,690                 3,458       16,148
                                                          ============            ==========    =========


</TABLE>

                                      F-37

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                 Page
                                                 ----

AVAILABLE INFORMATION.............................iii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY ................................v
  The Company......................................v
  The Bank.........................................v
  The Offering....................................vi
  Summary of Selected Consolidated Financial
     Data and Other Information.................viii
  Selected Consolidatd Financial
     Data and Other Information...................ix
PREMIER BANCORP, INC...............................1
RISK FACTORS.......................................1
USE OF PROCEEDS....................................5
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE....................6
DILUTION...........................................6
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION...............................7
TERMS OF THE OFFERING..............................8
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..................................9
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,
 PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS.....................9
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION............................12
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
 BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
 MANAGEMENT.......................................14
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.........................16
STATEMENT AS TO INDEMNIFICATION...................18
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
  TRANSACTIONS....................................19
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS...........................19
  Description of the Company......................19
  Supervision and Regulation-The Company..........20
  Effects of Inflation............................24
  Monetary Policy.................................24
  Environmental Regulation........................24
  Year 2000.......................................25
  Description of the Bank.........................25
  Lending Activities..............................26
  Supervision and Regulation-The Bank.............30
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY...........................36
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND
 RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS......................36
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
 ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS........................38
LEGAL OPINION.....................................82
EXPERTS...........................................82
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
 STATEMENTS.......................................83



                                 500,000 Shares
                                  Common Stock
                                       at
                                $11.00 per share



                              PREMIER BANCORP, INC.


                         ------------------------------

                                Prospectus dated
                                December 14, 1998
                         ------------------------------



<PAGE>


                 PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the Pennsylvania  Business Corporation Law of
1988,  as  amended  (15 Pa.  C.S.  ss.ss.1741-1750),  provides  that a  business
corporation   such  as  the  Registrant  shall  have  the  power  under  certain
circumstances to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents against
certain expenses incurred by them in connection with any threatened,  pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding.  The Registrant's by-laws contain a number
of  provisions  that  require  the  Registrant  to  indemnify  these  persons in
accordance with Pennsylvania law.

Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

                  Registration Fee                  $        1,622.50
                                                       --------------
                  Legal Fees and Expenses                   40,000.00
                                                       --------------
                  Accountants Fees                           5,000.00
                                                       --------------
                  Printing Fees and Postage                  4,000.00
                                                       --------------
                  Blue Sky Registration Filing Fees          1,500.00
                                                       --------------
                  Miscellaneous                                877.50
                                                       --------------
                                                          $ 53,000.00
                                                       ==============

Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          Not  Applicable

Item 27. Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number            Description of Exhibit
- ------           ------------------------

     3(i).1 Articles of Amendment of Premier Bancorp, Inc.

     3(i).2 Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation of Premier Bancorp,
          Inc.

     3(ii)By-laws of Premier Bancorp,  Inc. 

     5    Opinion of Shumaker Williams, P.C. of Camp Hill, Pennsylvania, Special
          Counsel to Registrant.

     10.1 Change  of  Control   Agreement  between  Premier  Bank  and  John  C.
          Soffronoff.

                                       R-1

<PAGE>

     10.2 Change of Control Agreement between Premier Bank and John J. Ginley.

     10.3 Change of Control Agreement between Premier Bank and Bruce E. Sickel.

     21   Subsidiaries of Premier Bancorp, Inc.

     23(i)Consent  of  Shumaker  Williams,  P.C.  of  Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania,
          Special  Counsel to Registrant,  (contained in Opinion Letter filed as
          Exhibit 5).

     23(ii) Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Certified Public Accountants.

     24   Power of  Attorney  given by the  Officers  and  Directors  of Premier
          Bancorp, Inc. (included on Signature Page).

     27   Financial Data Schedule.

     99   Form of Subscription Agreement.

Item 28. Undertakings.

     (a)  Rule 415 Offering. The small business issuer will:

          (1) File,  during any period  which it offers or sells  securities,  a
     post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

               (i) Include any  prospectus  required by section  10(a)(3) of the
          Securities Act;

               (ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events  which,
          individually  or  together,  represent  a  fundamental  change  in the
          information  in  the  registration   statement.   Notwithstanding  the
          foregoing,  any increase or decrease in volume of  securities  offered
          (if the total dollar value of securities  offered (if the total dollar
          value  of   securities   offered  would  not  exceed  that  which  was
          registered)  and  any  deviation  from  the  low  or  high  end of the
          estimated  maximum  offering  range  may be  reflected  in the form of
          prospects   filed  with  the   Commission   pursuant  to  Rule  424(b)
          (ss.230.424(b)  of this chapter) if, in the aggregate,  the changes in
          the  volume  and  price  represent  no more  than a 20%  change in the
          maximum  aggregate  offering  price set forth in the  "Calculation  of
          Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

               (iii) Include any additional or changed  material  information on
          the plan of distribution.


                                       R-2

<PAGE>

          (2) For  determining  liability  under the Securities  Act, treat each
     post-effective  amendment as a new registration statement of the securities
     offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial
     bona fide offering.

          (3) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
     the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

     (e)  Request for acceleration of effective date (under Rule 461).

          Insofar  as   indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
          Securities  Act of 1933 (the  "Act") may be  permitted  to  directors,
          officers and controlling persons of the small business issuer pursuant
          to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise,  the small business issuer
          has been  advised that in the opinion of the  Securities  and Exchange
          Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
          in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

               In the  event  that a  claim  for  indemnification  against  such
          liabilities  (other than the payment by the small  business  issuer of
          expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person
          of the small business issuer in the successful  defense of any action,
          suit  or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by  such  director,   officer  or
          controlling person in connection with the securities being registered,
          the small business  issuer will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel
          the matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a
          court  of   appropriate   jurisdiction   the  question   whether  such
          indemnification  by it is against  public  policy as  expressed in the
          Securities Act and will be governed by the final  adjudication of such
          issue.

               Subchapter  D  of  Chapter  17  of  the   Pennsylvania   Business
          Corporation  Law of 1988,  as amended  (15 Pa.  C.S.  ss.ss.1101-4162)
          ("BCL")  provides  that a  business  corporation  shall have the power
          under  certain  circumstances  to indemnify its  directors,  officers,
          employees  and agents  against  certain  expenses  incurred by them in
          connection with any threatened,  pending or completed action,  suit or
          proceeding.

               Article 10 of the Bylaws of Premier  Bancorp,  Inc.  provides for
          the indemnification if its directors,  officers,  employees and agents
          in  accordance  with,  and to the  maximum  extent  permitted  by, the
          provisions of Subchapter D of Chapter 17 of the BCL.


                                       R-3

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     In  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that
it meets all of the  requirements of filing on Form SB-2 and has duly authorized
this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement No. 333-64885 to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, in the City of Doylestown,  State of Pennsylvania
on December 15, 1998.


                                          PREMIER BANCORP, INC.

                                 By:      /s/ John C. Soffronoff
                                          ----------------------
                                          John C. Soffronoff, President and CEO
                                          Principal Executive Officer



     In  accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
amended,  this  Amendment No. 2 to the  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 was
signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Signature                          Capacity                                      Date
         ---------                          --------                                      -----
<S>                                 <C>                                            <C>
John C. Soffronoff                  Director, President and CEO                    December 15, 1998
                                    (Principal Executive Officer)
Clark S. Frame                      Director and Chairman of the Board             December 15, 1998
Bruce E. Sickel                     Director and CFO                               December 15, 1998
                                    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Barry J. Miles, Sr.                 Director and Vice Chairman of the Board        December 15, 1998
Daniel E. Cohen                     Director                                       December 15, 1998
Peter A. Cooper                     Director                                       December 15, 1998
Helen Beth Garofalo-Vilcek          Director                                       December 15, 1998
Dr. Thomas E. Mackell               Director                                       December 15, 1998
Dr. Daniel A. Nesi                  Director                                       December 15, 1998
Neil Norton                         Director                                       December 15, 1998
Thomas M. O'Mara                    Director                                       December 15, 1998
Michael Perrucci                    Director                                       December 15, 1998
Brian R. Rich                       Director                                       December 15, 1998
Richard F. Ryan                     Director                                       December 15, 1998
Gerald Schatz                       Director                                       December 15, 1998
Irving N. Stein                     Director                                       December 15, 1998
Thomas P. Stitt                     Director                                       December 15, 1998
John A. Zebrowski                   Director                                       December 15, 1998
Ezio U. Rossi                       Director                                       December 15, 1998
</TABLE>


                                      R-4
<PAGE>


                         By: /s/ John C. Soffronoff
                             -----------------------
                             John C. Soffronoff
                             Attorney-in-Fact


                         By: /s/ Bruce E. Sickel
                             ----------------------
                             Bruce E. Sickel
                             Attorney-in-Fact


                                      R-5

<PAGE>
                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                                                       Page
                                                                    Number In
Exhibit                                                            Sequential
Index                                                               Numbering
Number                Description                                    System
- ------               ------------                                 -----------

3(i).1   Articles of Amendment of Premier Bancorp, Inc.                *

3(i).2   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
          of Premier Bancorp, Inc.                                     *

3(ii)    By-laws of Premier Bancorp, Inc.                              *      

5        Opinion of Shumaker Williams, P.C., of Camp Hill,             *
         Pennsylvania Special Counsel to Registrant                

10.1     Change of Control Agreement between Premier Bank              *
         and John C. Soffronoff  

10.2     Change of Control Agreement between Premier Bank
         and John J. Ginley                                            *

10.3     Change of Control Agreement between Premier Bank
         and Bruce E. Sickel                                           *

21       Subsidiaries of Premier Bancorp, Inc.                         *

23(i)    Consent of Shumaker Williams, P.C., Special Counsel           *
         to Registrant, (contained in Opinion Letter
         filed as Exhibit 5)                                           

23(ii)   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,                            162
         Certified Public Accountants

 24      Power of Attorney given by the Officers and Directors         *    
         of Premier Bancorp, Inc. (included on Signature Page)

 27      Financial Data Schedule                                      164 

 99      Form of Subscription Agreement                                *

- -----------------------------

* Previously Filed.


                                 EXHIBIT 23(ii)

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
1600 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA  19103-7212


The Board of Directors
Premier Bancorp, Inc.:


We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
- --------------------------
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
December 15, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                            9
       
<S>                                        <C>            <C>    
<PERIOD-TYPE>                              9-MOS           9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998     DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1998     SEP-30-1997
<CASH>                                       2,945,909       3,744,883
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                         157,270         132,782
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                             2,200,000         618,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0               0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                 83,535,485      61,072,605
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                       9,854,181      13,345,651
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                         9,880,118      13,172,364
<LOANS>                                    129,953,907     102,020,867
<ALLOWANCE>                                  1,655,184       1,240,148
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             232,557,374     184,574,767
<DEPOSITS>                                 174,405,400     140,788,887
<SHORT-TERM>                                12,655,218      29,317,118
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                          7,861,491       3,022,365
<LONG-TERM>                                 16,500,000       1,500,000
                                0               0
                                          0               0
<COMMON>                                     7,996,781       7,892,070
<OTHER-SE>                                   3,138,484       2,054,327
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>             232,557,374     184,574,767
<INTEREST-LOAN>                              8,022,003       6,308,320
<INTEREST-INVEST>                            3,752,093       3,392,033
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               145,982          63,227
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                            11,920,078       9,763,580
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                           5,490,416       4,294,753
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           6,568,529       5,465,753
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                        5,351,549       4,297,827
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                  355,000         280,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                              69,108          20,708
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                              3,473,582       2,765,635
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              1,756,069       1,385,937
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                   1,756,069       1,385,937
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0               0
<CHANGES>                                            0               0
<NET-INCOME>                                 1,180,569         945,937
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.45            0.36
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.40            0.35
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    8.01            8.10
<LOANS-NON>                                  1,092,604         501,142
<LOANS-PAST>                                   132,007          12,175
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0               0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                              1,092,604         501,142
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                             1,360,148         960,672
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                   67,992             524
<RECOVERIES>                                     8,028               0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                            1,655,184       1,240,148
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                         1,602,580       1,199,665
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0               0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                         52,604          40,483
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission